0>>>>115-12-04 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन15-12-04 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban15-12-04 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x15-12-04 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 15-12-2004 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2 बापदादा की विशेष आशा - हर एक बच्चा दुआयें दे और दुआयें ले bāpdādā kī|key viśhēṣh āśhā - har ēk bachchā duāyē̃ dē aur duāyē̃ lē bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] - har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special desire - each one child blessing (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) and blessing (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23])
1BapDada's special hope is that each of you children gives good wishes and receives good wishes
3आज बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के बेफिक्र बादशाहों की सभा को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bēphikr bādśhāhō̃ kī|key sabhā kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) carefree emperor (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) court to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada was looking at the gathering of all His carefree emperors in all directions.
4यह राजसभा सारे कल्प में इस समय ही है . yah rājasabhā sārē kalp mē̃ is samay hī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] x sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] is samay[x] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this x the whole cycle in at this time only be[pres.sg.23] .
3This royal gathering only exists at this time in the whole cycle.
5रूहानी फखुर में रहते हो इसलिए बेफिक्र बादशाह हो . rūhānī phakhur mē̃ rahtē hō isliē bēphikr bādśhāh hō . rūhānī[adj.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] isliē bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . spiritual intoxication in remain[pres.pl.m.2] therefore carefree emperor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
4Because you stay in spiritual intoxication you are carefree emperors.
6सवेरे उठते हैं तो भी बेफिक्र , चलते फिरते , कर्म करते भी बेफिक्र और सोते हो तो भी बेफिक्र नींद में सोते हो . savērē uṭhtē haĩ tō bhī bēphikr , chaltē phirtē , karma kartē bhī bēphikr aur sōtē hō tō bhī bēphikr nīnd mē̃ sōtē hō . savērē uṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bhī[x] bēphikr[adj.] , chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] bēphikr[adj.] aur sōnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bhī[x] bēphikr[adj.] nīnd[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.2] . in the morning wake up[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ carefree , continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too carefree and sleep[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ carefree sleep in sleep[pres.pl.m.2] .
5When you wake up in the morning, you are carefree; whilst walking, moving around and performing actions you are carefree; and when you are sleeping, you sleep in a carefree state.
7ऐसे अनुभव करते हो ना ! aisē anubhav kartē hō nā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! such experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
6You experience this, do you not?
8बेफिक्र हैं ? bēphikr haĩ ? bēphikr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? carefree be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
7Are you carefree?
9बने हैं वा बन रहे हैं ? banē haĩ vā ban rahē haĩ ? bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vā bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] or become[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? 10बन गये हैं ना ! ban gayē haĩ nā ! bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā ! become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ !
8Have you become this or are you becoming this?
11बेफिक्र और बादशाह हो , स्वराज्य अधिकारी इन कर्मेन्द्रियों के ऊपर राज्य करने वाले बेफिक्र बादशाह हो अर्थात् स्वराज्य अधिकारी हो . bēphikr aur bādśhāh hō , svarājya adhikārī in karmēndriyō̃ kē ūpar rājya karnē vālē bēphikr bādśhāh hō arthāt svarājya adhikārī hō . bēphikr[adj.] aur bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , svarājya adhikārī[x] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] arthāt svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . carefree and emperor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , self-sovereign (this|in) physical organ over kingdom do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who carefree emperor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that is self-sovereign (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
9You have become this, have you not? 10You are carefree and emperors; you are the carefree emperors, masters of the self who rule over your physical organs, that is, you have self-sovereignty.
12तो ऐसी सभा आप बच्चों की ही है . tō aisī sabhā āp bachchō̃ kī|key hī hai . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then such court you child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) only be[pres.sg.23] .
11So, such a gathering is only of you children.
13कोई फिक्र है ? kōī phikra hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] phikr[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? some worry be[pres.sg.23] ?
12Do you have any worries?
14है कोई फिक्र ? hai kōī phikra ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] phikr[n.f.;sg.] ? be[pres.sg.23] some worry ?
13Are there any worries?
15क्योंकि अपने सारे फिक्र बाप को दे दिये हैं . kyōṅki apnē sārē phikra bāp kō dē diyē haĩ . kyōṅki apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phikr[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . because one’s own the whole worry father to give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
14This is because you have given all your worries to the Father.
16तो बोझ उतर गया ना . tō bōjh utar gayā nā . tō bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] utarnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . then burden go down[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
15So, all the burden has been removed, has it not?
17फिक्र खत्म और बेफिक्र बादशाह बन अमूल्य जीवन अनुभव कर रहे हो . phikra khatm aur bēphikr bādśhāh ban amūlya jīvan anubhav kar rahē hō . phikr[n.f.;sg.] ḵẖatm[adj.] aur bēphikr bādśhāh[x] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] amūlya[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . worry finished and carefree emperor (x|become[root]) invaluable life experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
16Worries are finished, you have become carefree emperors and you are experiencing this invaluable life.
18सबके सिर पर पवित्रता के लाइट का ताज स्वतः ही चमकता है . sabkē sir par pavitratā kē|K light kā tāj svataḥ hī chamaktā hai . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ hī[p.] chamaknā[pres.sg.m.23] . everyone's x (at|other) purity (of|K) light of crown automatically only x[pres.sg.m.23] .
17The light of purity is automatically sparkling on everyone's head.
19बेफिक्र के ऊपर लाइट का ताज है , अगर कोई फिकर करते हो , कोई बोझ अपने ऊपर उठा लेते हो तो मालूम है सिर पर क्या आ जाता है ? bēphikr kē ūpar light kā tāj hai , agar kōī phikar kartē hō , kōī bōjh apnē ūpar uṭhā lētē hō tō mālūm hai sir par kyā ā jātā hai ? bēphikr[adj.] kē ūpar[x] light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , agar kōī[pn.;d.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kōī[pn.;d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] tō mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kyā ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? carefree over light of crown be[pres.sg.23] , if some worry do[pres.pl.m.2] , some burden one’s own over uplift[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] then x be[pres.sg.23] x (at|other) what come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
18There is a crown of light on those who are carefree. 19If you are worrying about anything, if you are carrying any burden with yourself, do you know what appears on your head?
20बोझ के टोकरे आ जाते हैं . bōjh kē|K ṭōkrē ā jātē haĩ . bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ṭōkrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . burden (of|K) basket come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
20The baskets of burden (porter's basket) come on your head.
21तो सोचो ताज और टोकरे दोनों सामने लाओ , क्या अच्छा लगता ? tō sōchō tāj aur ṭōkrē dōnō̃ sāmnē lāō , kyā achchhā lagtā ? tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur ṭōkrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dōnō̃ sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kyā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] crown and basket x x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , what achcha x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
21Therefore, just think: bring both the crown and the basket in front of you.
22टोकरे अच्छे लगते या लाइट का ताज अच्छा लगता ? ṭōkrē achchhē lagtē yā light kā tāj achchhā lagtā ? ṭōkrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yā light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? basket achcha x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] or light of crown achcha x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
22Which do you prefer? 23Do you prefer the basket or the crown of light?
23बोलो , टीचर्स क्या अच्छा लगता है ? bōlō , teachers kyā achchhā lagtā hai ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , teacher kyā achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , teacher what enjoy ?
24Speak teachers, which do you like?
24ताज अच्छा लगता है ना ! tāj achchhā lagtā hai nā ! tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! crown enjoy ∅ !
25You like the crown, do you not?
25सभी कर्मेन्द्रियों के ऊपर राज्य करने वाले बादशाह हो . sabhī karmēndriyō̃ kē ūpar rājya karnē vālē bādśhāh hō . sab[adv.hī] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all physical organ over kingdom do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who emperor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
26You are the emperors who rule all the physical organs.
26पवित्रता लाइट का ताजधारी बनाती है इसलिए आपके यादगार जड़चित्रों में डबल ताज दिखाया है . pavitratā light kā tājdhārī banātī hai isliē āpkē yādgār jaṛacitrō̃ mē̃ double tāj dikhāyā hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] light kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tājdhārī[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.f.23] isliē āp[pn.pl.kē] yādgār[x] x mē̃[postp.] double tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . purity light of crowned create[pres.sg.f.23] therefore you[.kē] memorial x in double crown x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
27Purity enables you to adopt a crown of light and this is why a double crown is shown in the memorial of your non-living images.
27द्वापर से लेकर बादशाह तो बहुत बने हैं , राजे तो बहुत बने हैं लेकिन डबल ताजधारी कोई नहीं बना . dvāpar sē lēkar bādśhāh tō bahut banē haĩ , rājē tō bahut banē haĩ lēkin double tājdhārī kōī nahī̃ banā . dvāpar sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , rājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō bahut bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin double tājdhārī[adj.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] . copper age from take[abs.] emperor then very become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , king then very become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but double crowned some not (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) .
28From the copper age, many have become emperors and many have become kings, but none have become double-crowned.
28बेफिक्र बादशाह स्वराज्य अधिकारी भी कोई नहीं बना क्योंकि पवित्रता की शक्ति मायाजीत , कर्मेन्द्रियजीत विजयी बना देती है . bēphikr bādśhāh svarājya adhikārī bhī kōī nahī̃ banā kyōṅki pavitratā kī|key śhakti māyājīt , karmēndriyajīt vijayī banā dētī hai . bēphikr bādśhāh[x] svarājya adhikārī[x] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] kyōṅki pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] māyājīt[adj.] , x vijayī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . carefree emperor self-sovereign too some not (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) because purity (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti x , x victorious (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .
29No one has become a carefree emperor, a master of the self, because the power of purity makes you a conqueror of Maya and a conqueror of the physical organs; it makes you victorious.
29बेफिक्र बादशाह की निशानी है - सदा स्वयं भी सन्तुष्ट और औरों को भी सन्तुष्ट करने वाले . bēphikr bādśhāh kī|key niśhānī hai - sadā svayã bhī santuṣhṭ aur aurō̃ kō bhī santuṣhṭ karnē vālē . bēphikr bādśhāh[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sadā svayã bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . carefree emperor (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] - constantly x too content and others to too content do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
30The sign of a carefree emperor is that he is always content with himself and also makes others content.
30कभी भी कोई अप्राप्ति है ही नहीं जो असनुष्ट हो . kabhī bhī kōī aprāpti hai hī nahī̃ jō asanuṣṭa hō . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] jō[pn.;d.] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ever too some lack of attainment be[pres.sg.23] only not that x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
31There is never any lack of attainment to make him discontented.
31जहाँ अप्राप्ति है वहाँ असन्तुष्टता है . jahā̃ aprāpti hai vahā̃ asantuṣhṭatā hai . jahā̃ aprāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ asantuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there lack of attainment be[pres.sg.23] there discontentment be[pres.sg.23] .
32Where there is a lack of attainment, there is discontentment.
32जहाँ प्राप्ति है वहाँ सन्तुष्टता है . jahā̃ prāpti hai vahā̃ santuṣhṭatā hai . jahā̃ prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there attainment be[pres.sg.23] there contentment be[pres.sg.23] .
33Where there is attainment, there is contentment.
33ऐसे बने हो ? aisē banē hō ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? such become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
34Have you become like this?
34चेक करो - सदा सर्वप्राप्ति स्वरूप , सन्तुष्ट हैं ? check karō - sadā sarvaprāpti svarūp , santuṣhṭ haĩ ? check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - sadā x svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - constantly x form , content be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
35Check yourself: Am I always an embodiment of all attainments and always content?
35गायन भी है - अप्राप्त नहीं कोई वस्तु देवताओं के नहीं लेकिन ब्राह्मणों के खज़ाने में . gāyan bhī hai - aprāpta nahī̃ kōī vastu dēvtāō̃ kē|K nahī̃ lēkin brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K khazānē mē̃ . gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - aprāpt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] kōī[pn.;d.] vastu[n.f.;sg.] dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] . x too be[pres.sg.23] - unattained not some thing deity (of|K) not but Brahmin (of|K) treasure in .
36There is the praise: There is nothing lacking in the treasure-store of, not the deities, but the Brahmins.
36सन्तुष्टता जीवन का श्रेष्ठ श्रृंगार है , श्रेष्ठ वैल्यू है . santuṣhṭatā jīvan kā śhrēṣhṭh śhrr̥iṅgār hai , śhrēṣhṭh value hai . santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] value hōnā[pres.sg.23] . contentment life of elevated (decorate[root]|decoration) be[pres.sg.23] , elevated Values be[pres.sg.23] .
37Contentment is the elevated decoration of life. 38It has great value.
37तो सन्तुष्ट आत्मायें हो ना ! tō santuṣhṭ ātmāyē̃ hō nā ! tō santuṣhṭ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! then content soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
39So, you are contented souls, are you not?
38बापदादा ऐसे बेफिक्र बादशाह बच्चों को देख खुश होते हैं . bāpdādā aisē bēphikr bādśhāh bachchō̃ kō dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada such carefree emperor child to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
40BapDada is pleased to see such carefree emperor children.
39वाह मेरे बेफिक्र बादशाह वाह ! vāh mērē bēphikr bādśhāh vāh ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] vāh ! wah! I[.kē] carefree emperor wah! !
41Wah, My carefree emperors, wah!
40वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 41वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 42हो ना ! hō nā ! hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
42You are wonderful, are you not?
43हाथ उठाओ जो बेफिक्र हैं . hāth uṭhāō jō bēphikr haĩ . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] bēphikr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . raise your hands that carefree be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
43Those who are carefree, raise your hands!
44बेफिक्र ? bēphikr ? bēphikr[adj.] ? carefree ?
44Are you carefree?
45फिकर नहीं आता ? phikar nahī̃ ātā ? phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? worry not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
45You don't worry about anything?
46कभी तो आता है ? kabhī tō ātā hai ? kabhī[adv.] tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? ever then come[pres.sg.m.23] ? 47नहीं ? nahī̃ ? nahī̃[neg] ? not ?
46Is there a little worry sometimes?
48अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
47No? 48It is good.
49बेफिक्र बनने की विधि बहुत सहज है , मुश्किल नहीं है . bēphikr bannē kī|key vidhi bahut sahaj hai , muśhkil nahī̃ hai . bēphikr[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . carefree become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method very easy be[pres.sg.23] , difficult not be[pres.sg.23] .
49The method to become carefree is very easy; it is not difficult.
50सिर्फ एक शब्द की मात्रा का थोड़ा-सा अन्तर है . sirph ēk śhabda kī|key mātrā kā thōṛā-sā antar hai . sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mātrā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā-sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only one word (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) trace of a small amount of difference be[pres.sg.23] .
50There is the difference of just one letter. 51It is so easy.
51वह शब्द है - मेरे को तेरे में परिवर्तन करो . vah śhabda hai - mērē kō tērē mē̃ parivartan karō . vah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] tū[pn.sg.kē] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that word be[pres.sg.23] - I[.kē] to you[.kē] in transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
52That letter is: transform mine (mera) into Yours (tera).
52मेरा नहीं तेरा . mērā nahī̃ tērā . mērā nahī̃[x] tū[pn.sg.kā] . Nothing is "mine" you[.kā] .
53It is not mine, but Yours.
53तो हिन्दी भाषा में मेरा भी लिखो और तेरा भी लिखो तो क्या फर्क होता है , में और ते का ? tō hindī bhāṣhā mē̃ mērā bhī likhō aur tērā bhī likhō tō kyā phark hōtā hai , mē̃ aur tē kā ? tō hindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur tū[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kyā fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , mē̃[postp.] aur sē kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? then hindi language in I[.kā] too write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and you[.kā] too write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then what difference be[pres.sg.m.23] , in and from of ? 54लेकिन फर्क इतना हो जाता है . lēkin phark itnā hō jātā hai . lēkin fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . but difference such be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
54So, when you write "mera" and "tera" in the Hindi language, then the difference is just the "m" and "t", but it makes so much difference.
55तो आप सब मेरे-मेरे वाले हो या तेरे-तेरे वाले हो ? tō āp sab mērē-mērē vālē hō yā tērē-tērē vālē hō ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā tū[pn.sg.kē] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then you all I[.kē] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or you[.kē] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
55So, are all of you those who say, "mine" or those who say, "Yours"?
56मेरे को तेरे में परिवर्तन कर लिया ? mērē kō tērē mē̃ parivartan kar liyā ? maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] tū[pn.sg.kē] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ? I[.kē] to you[.kē] in transformation do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ?
56Have you transformed mine into Yours?
57नहीं किया हो तो कर लो . nahī̃ kiyā hō tō kar lō . nahī̃[neg] karnā[x] tō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . not do[x] then do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
57If you haven't done this, then do so.
58मेरा-मेरा अर्थात् दास बनने वाला , उदास बनने वाला . mērā-mērā arthāt dās bannē vālā , udās bannē vālā . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] arthāt dās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , udās[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . I[.kā] that is servant become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , unhappy become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
58To say "mine, mine" means to be a servant, to be unhappy.
59माया के दास बन जाते हैं ना तो उदास तो होंगे ना ! māyā kē|K dās ban jātē haĩ nā tō udās tō hōṅgē nā ! māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā tō udās[adj.] tō hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! Maya (of|K) servant become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ then unhappy then be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
59You become servants of Maya, and so, of course you will become unhappy.
60उदासी अर्थात् माया के दासी बनने वाले . udāsī arthāt māyā kē|K dāsī bannē vālē . udāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|udāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . (unhappiness|x) that is Maya (of|K) maid become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
60Unhappiness means to become servants of Maya.
61तो आप मायाजीत हो , माया के दास नहीं . tō āp māyājīt hō , māyā kē|K dās nahī̃ . tō āp[pn.pl.] māyājīt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dās[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . then you x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Maya (of|K) servant not .
61So, you are conquerors of Maya, not servants of Maya.
62तो उदासी आती है ? tō udāsī ātī hai ? tō udāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|udāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? then (unhappiness|x) come[pres.sg.f.23] ? 63कभी-कभी टेस्ट कर लेते हो , क्योकि 63 जन्म उदास रहने का अभ्यास है ना ! kabhī-kabhī taste kar lētē hō , kyōki 63 janm udās rahnē kā abhyās hai nā ! kabhī[adv.] taste[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] , kyōṅki 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] udās[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! ever taste do[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] , because 63 (life|be born[root]) unhappy remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of practice be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
62If unhappiness comes, and it does come, because you have had the practice of being unhappy for 63 births, then you taste it.
64तो कभी-कभी वह इमर्ज हो जाती है . tō kabhī-kabhī vah emerge hō jātī hai . tō kabhī[adv.] vah[pn.sg.d.] emerge hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . then ever that emerge be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
63So, it sometimes emerges.
65इसलिए बापदादा ने क्या कहा ? isliē bāpdādā nē kyā kahā ? isliē bāpdādā nē[postp.] kyā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? therefore BapDada ∅ what say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
64What has BapDada therefore said?
66हर एक बच्चा बेफिक्र बादशाह है . har ēk bachchā bēphikr bādśhāh hai . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one child carefree emperor be[pres.sg.23] .
65That each one of you children is a carefree emperor.
67अगर अभी भी कहाँ कोने में कोई फिकर रख दिया हो तो दे दो . agar abhī bhī kahā̃ kōnē mē̃ kōī phikar rakh diyā hō tō dē dō . agar ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] kahā̃ kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[x.root+dēnā] tō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . if now too where corner in some worry keep[x.root+dēnā] then give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
66If even now, you have kept some worry somewhere in a corner, then give it away.
68अपने पास बोझ क्यों रखते हो ? apnē pās|pass bōjh kyō̃ rakhtē hō ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyō̃ rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? one’s own (x|pass) burden why keep[pres.pl.m.2] ?
67Why do you keep a burden on yourself?
69बोझ रखने की आदत पड़ गई है ? bōjh rakhnē kī|key ādat paṛ gaī hai ? bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ? burden keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) habit fall[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ?
68Is it that you have developed the habit of keeping a burden?
70जब बाप कहते हैं बोझ मेरे को दे दो , आप लाइट हो जाओ , डबल लाइट . jab bāp kahtē haĩ bōjh mērē kō dē dō , āp light hō jāō , double light . jab bāp kahtē haĩ[x] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , āp[pn.pl.] light hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , double light[x] . when the Father says burden I[.kē] to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , you light be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , double-light .
69Since the Father is telling you, give Him the burden and make yourself light; double-light.
71डबल लाइट अच्छा या बोझ अच्छा ? double light achchhā yā bōjh achchhā ? double light[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? double-light achcha or burden achcha ?
70Is it better to be double-light or to carry a burden?
72तो अच्छी तरह से चेक करना . tō achchhī tarah sē check karnā . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then achcha x from check do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
71So, check yourself very carefully.
73अमृतवेले जब उठो तो चेक करना कि विशेष वर्तमान समय सबकॉनशस में भी कोई बोझ तो नहीं है ? amr̥itvēlē jab uṭhō tō check karnā ki viśhēṣh vartamān samay sabakônaśas mē̃ bhī kōī bōjh tō nahī̃ hai ? amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jab uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] x mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? amrit vela when wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then check do[inf.m.sg.d.] that special present time x in too some burden then not be[pres.sg.23] ?
72When you wake up at amrit vela, check especially in your subconscious, that you don't have any burdens at the present time.
74सबकॉनशस तो क्या स्वप्न मात्र भी बोझ का अनुभव नहीं हो . sabakônaśas tō kyā svapn mātra bhī bōjh kā anubhav nahī̃ hō . x tō kyā svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra bhī[p.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x then what dream just too burden of experience not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
73Let alone the subconscious, there shouldn't be any experience of a burden even in your dreams.
75पसन्द तो डबल लाइट है ना ! pasand tō double light hai nā ! pasand[n.f.;sg.] tō double light[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! love then double-light be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
74You prefer to be double-light, do you not?
76तो विशेष यह होम वर्क दे रहे हैं , अमृतवेले चेक करना . tō viśhēṣh yah home work dē rahē haĩ , amr̥itvēlē check karnā . tō viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] home work[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then special this homework give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , amrit vela check do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
75So, Baba is especially giving you this homework to check yourself at amrit vela.
77चेक करना तो आता है ना , लेकिन चेक के साथ , सिर्फ चेक नहीं करना चेंज भी करना . check karnā tō ātā hai nā , lēkin check kē sāth , sirph check nahī̃ karnā change bhī karnā . check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , lēkin check kē sāth[x] , sirph[adj.] check nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] change bhī[p.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . check do[inf.m.sg.d.] then come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , but check with , only check not do[inf.m.sg.d.] change too do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
76You know how to check, do you not? 77However, together with checking, don't just check, but also change it.
78मेरे को तेरे में चेंज कर देना . mērē kō tērē mē̃ change kar dēnā . maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] tū[pn.sg.kē] mē̃[postp.] change karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . I[.kē] to you[.kē] in change do[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
78Change "mine" into "Yours".
79मेरा , तेरा . mērā , tērā . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] , tū[pn.sg.kā] . I[.kā] , you[.kā] .
79Mine, Yours.
80तो चेक करो और चेंज करो क्योकि बापदादा बार-बार सुना रहे हैं - समय और स्वयं दोनों को देखो . tō check karō aur change karō kyōki bāpdādā bār-bār sunā rahē haĩ - samay aur svayã dōnō̃ kō dēkhō . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bāpdādā bār[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur svayã dōnō̃ kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because BapDada time speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - time and x x to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
80So check and change because, as BapDada is repeatedly telling you, look at both the time and the self.
81समय की रफ्तार भी देखो और स्वयं की रफ्तार भी देखो . samay kī|key raphtār bhī dēkhō aur svayã kī|key raphtār bhī dēkhō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur svayã karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
81Look at the speed of time and the speed of the self.
82फिर यह नहीं कहना कि हमको तो पता ही नहीं था , समय इतना तेज चला गया . phir yah nahī̃ kahnā ki hamkō tō patā hī nahī̃ thā , samay itnā tēj chalā gayā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tēj[adj.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|chalānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..passive] . (turn[root]|then) this not say[inf.m.sg.d.] that we[.kō] then knowledge only not be[past.m.sg] , time such fast (continue[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.sg.d..passive]) .
82Then, afterwards, do not say that you were not even aware of it and time passed by so fast.
83कई बच्चे समझते हैं कि अभी थोड़ा ढीला पुरुषार्थ अगर है भी तो अन्त में तेज कर लेंगे . kaī bachchē samajhtē haĩ ki abhī thōṛā ḍhīlā puruṣhārth agar hai bhī tō ant mē̃ tēj kar lē̃gē . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] tō ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tēj[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . some child understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that now short x effort if be[pres.sg.23] too then end in fast do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
83Some children think that even if their effort is a little slack now, they will make it fast by the end.
84लेकिन बहुतकाल का अभ्यास अन्त में सहयोगी बनेगा . lēkin bahutkāl kā abhyās ant mē̃ sahyōgī banēgā . lēkin bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] . but a long period of time of practice end in co-operative become[fut.m.sg.23] . 85बादशाह बनके तो देखो . bādśhāh bankē tō dēkhō . bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . emperor become[abs.] then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
84However, it is the practice over a long period of time that will be helpful at the end.
86बने हैं लेकिन कोई बने हैं , कोई नहीं बने हैं . banē haĩ lēkin kōī banē haĩ , kōī nahī̃ banē haĩ . bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but some become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , some not become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
85Become emperors and see this. 86You have become this, but others have not.
87चल रहे हैं , कर रहे हैं , सम्पन्न हो जायेंगे … . chal rahē haĩ , kar rahē haĩ , sampann hō jāyēṅgē … . chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , sampann[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] … . continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , full be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] … .
87"We are moving along, we are doing it, we will become complete..."
88अब चलना नहीं है , करना नहीं है , उड़ना है . ab chalnā nahī̃ hai , karnā nahī̃ hai , uṛnā hai . ab[adv.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , uṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now continue[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , do[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , fly[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
88You mustn't now be walking, or be doing, but flying.
89अभी उड़ने की रफ्तार चाहिए . abhī uṛnē kī|key raphtār chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . now fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
89You now need the flying speed.
90पंख तो मिल गये है ना ! paṅkh tō mil gayē hai nā ! paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[x.root+jānā] nā ! wing then receive[x.root+jānā] ∅ !
90You have received wings, have you not?
91उमंग-उत्साह और हिम्मत के पंख सबको मिले हैं और बाप का वरदान भी है , याद है वरदान ? umaṅg-utsāh aur himmat kē|K paṅkh sabkō milē haĩ aur bāp kā vardān bhī hai , yād hai vardān ? umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? zeal and enthusiasm and courage (of|K) wing everything receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and father of blessing too be[pres.sg.23] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] blessing ?
91Everyone has received wings of zeal and enthusiasm and courage and you also have the Father's blessing. 92Do you remember the blessing?
92हिम्मत का एक कदम आपका और हजार कदम मदद बाप की , क्योंकि बाप का बच्चों से दिल का प्यार है . himmat kā ēk kadam āpkā aur hajār kadam madad bāp kī|key , kyōṅki bāp kā bachchō̃ sē dil kā pyār hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] aur hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage of one step you[.kā] and 1000 step x father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , because father of child from heart of love be[pres.sg.23] .
93You take one step of courage and you receive a thousand steps of help from the Father, because the Father has love for you children in His heart.
93तो प्यार वाले बच्चों की बाप मेहनत नहीं देख सकते . tō pyār vālē bachchō̃ kī|key bāp mēhnat nahī̃ dēkh saktē . tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then love those who child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) father effort not see[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
94So, the Father cannot bear to see the children He loves labouring.
94मुहब्बत में रहो तो मेहनत समाप्त हो जायेगी . muhabbat mē̃ rahō tō mēhnat samāpt hō jāyēgī . muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . love in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then effort finished be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
95Stay lost in love and the labour will end.
95मेहनत अच्छी लगती है क्या ? mēhnat achchhī lagtī hai kyā ? mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] kyā ? effort achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] what ?
96Is it that you like making effort?
96थक तो गये हो . thak tō gayē hō . thaknā, phathaknā[root] tō jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . become desperate[root] then go[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
97You have become tired!
9763 जन्म भटकते , भटकते मेहनत करते थक गये थे और बाप ने अपनी मुहब्बत से भटकने के बजाए तीन तख्तके मालिक बना दिया . 63 janm bhaṭaktē , bhaṭaktē mēhnat kartē thak gayē thē aur bāp nē apnī muhabbat sē bhaṭaknē kē bajāē tīn takhtakē mālik banā diyā . 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bhaṭaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , bhaṭaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] thaknā, phathaknā[past-perf.pl.m..root+jānā] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhaṭaknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bajāē[x] tīn[adj.] x mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . 63 (life|be born[root]) wander around[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , wander around[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] effort do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] become desperate[past-perf.pl.m..root+jānā] and father ∅ one’s own love from wander around[inf.m.pl.,o.] instead of x x master (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) .
98You have been wandering around for 63 births and by wandering around and labouring you became tired. 99And because of love, instead of your wandering around, the Father has made you into the masters of three thrones.
98तीन तख्त जानते हो ? tīn takht jāntē hō ? tīn[adj.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? x throne know[pres.pl.m.2] ?
100You know the three thrones.
99जानते क्या हो लेकिन तख्त निवासी हो . jāntē kyā hō lēkin takht nivāsī hō . jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but throne resident (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
101You not only know them, but you reside on them.
100अकालतख्त निवासी भी हो , बापदादा के दिलतख्त नशीन भी हो और भविष्य विश्व राज्य के तख्तनशीन भी हो . akāltakht nivāsī bhī hō , bāpdādā kē|K diltakhta naśhīn bhī hō aur bhaviṣhya viśhva rājya kē|K takhtnaśhīn bhī hō . akāl takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhīn[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K takhtnaśhīn[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . immortal throne resident too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , BapDada (of|K) heart throne seated too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and future world kingdom (of|K) seated on the throne too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
102You are seated on the immortal throne, you are seated on BapDada's heart- throne and you will also be seated on the future royal throne.
101तो बापदादा सभी बच्चों को तख्तनशीन देख रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō takhtnaśhīn dēkh rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] takhtnaśhīn[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada all child to seated on the throne see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
103So, BapDada is seeing all His children seated on the throne.
102ऐसा परमात्म दिलतख्त सारे कल्प में अनुभव नहीं कर सकेंगे . aisā paramātma diltakhta sārē kalp mē̃ anubhav nahī̃ kar sakē̃gē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . such Supreme Soul heart throne the whole cycle in experience not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
104You won't be able to experience such a heart-throne in the whole cycle.
103क्या समझते हैं पाण्डव ? kyā samajhtē haĩ pāṇḍav ? kyā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? what understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Pandava ?
105What do you Pandavas think?
104बादशाह हैं ? bādśhāh haĩ ? bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
106Are you emperors?
105हाथ उठा रहे हैं . hāth uṭhā rahē haĩ . hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . raise your hands .
107You are raising your hands.
106तख्त नहीं छोडना . takht nahī̃ chōḍanā . takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] x . throne not x .
108Do not let go of your throne.
107देहभान में आये अर्थात् मिट्टी में आ गये . dēhbhān mē̃ āyē arthāt miṭṭī mē̃ ā gayē . dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] arthāt miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . body consciousness in (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that is mud in come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
109When you become body conscious, it means you step in the mud.
108यह देह मिट्टी है . yah dēh miṭṭī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this body mud be[pres.sg.23] . 109तख्त नशीन बने तो बादशाह बने . takht naśhīn banē tō bādśhāh banē . takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhīn[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] tō bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] . throne seated (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) then emperor (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) .
110This body is also mud, whereas when you remain seated on the throne, you become emperors.
110बापदादा सभी बच्चों के पुरुषार्थ का चार्ट चेक करते हैं . bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kē|K puruṣhārth kā chart check kartē haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart check karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada all child (of|K) effort of chart check do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 111चार ही सबजेक्ट में कौन-कौन कहाँ तक पहुचा है ? chār hī subject mē̃ kaun-kaun kahā̃ tak pahucā hai ? chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] kaun[pn.;d.] kahā̃ tak[x] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? four only subject in who to what extent x be[pres.sg.23] ?
111BapDada is checking the chart of effort of all the children and seeing where each one of you has reached in all four subjects.
112तो बापदादा ने हर एक बच्चे का चार्ट चेक किया कि बापदादा ने जो भी खज़ाने दिये है वह सर्व खज़ाने कहा तक जमा किये हैं ? tō bāpdādā nē har ēk bachchē kā chart check kiyā ki bāpdādā nē jō bhī khazānē diyē hai vah sarv khazānē kahā tak jamā kiyē haĩ ? tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēnā[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tak jamā karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? then BapDada ∅ each one child of chart check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that BapDada ∅ that too treasure give[x] that all treasure say[past-part.m.sg.d.] until accumulate ?
112So, BapDada checked the chart of each child to see to what extent each of you has accumulated all the treasures that BapDada has given.
113तो जमा का खाता चेक किया क्योंकि खज़ाने बाप ने सबको एक जैसे , एक जितना दिया है , कोई को कम , कोई को ज्यादा नहीं दिया है . tō jamā kā khātā check kiyā kyōṅki khazānē bāp nē sabkō ēk jaisē , ēk jitnā diyā hai , kōī kō cum|kam , kōī kō jyādā nahī̃ diyā hai . tō jamā kā khātā[x] check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sabkō ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , ēk[adj.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] , kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then saving account check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] because treasure father ∅ everything one like , one the more give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , some to (x|less) , some to more not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
113So, BapDada checked your account of accumulation. 114The Father has given equal treasure to all, He has given the same amount to everyone; He hasn't given less to some and more to others.
114खज़ाने जमा होने की निशानी क्या है ? khazānē jamā hōnē kī|key niśhānī kyā hai ? khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign what be[pres.sg.23] ?
115What is the sign of accumulating treasures?
115खज़ाने का तो मालूम ही है ना , सबसे बडा खज़ाना है श्रेष्ठ संकल्प का खज़ाना . khazānē kā tō mālūm hī hai nā , sabsē baḍā khazānā hai śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp kā khazānā . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō mālūm[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . treasure of then x only be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , the most very treasure be[pres.sg.23] elevated thought of treasure .
116You know about the treasures, do you not? 117The greatest treasure is the treasure of elevated thoughts.
116संकल्प भी खज़ाना है , तो वर्तमान समय भी बहुत बडा खज़ाना है क्योकि वर्तमान समय में जो कुछ प्राप्त करने चाहे , जो वरदान लेने चाहे , जितना अपने को श्रेष्ठ बनाने चाहे , उतना अभी बना सकते हैं . saṅkalp bhī khazānā hai , tō vartamān samay bhī bahut baḍā khazānā hai kyōki vartamān samay mē̃ jō kuchh prāpt karnē chāhē , jō vardān lēnē chāhē , jitnā apnē kō śhrēṣhṭh banānē chāhē , utnā abhī banā saktē haĩ . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō kuchh[x] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . thought too treasure be[pres.sg.23] , then present time too very very treasure be[pres.sg.23] because present time in whatever reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , that blessing take[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , the more one’s own to elevated create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , x now create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
118Thoughts are also a treasure. 119So, it is a great treasure at the present time because whatever you want to attain, whatever blessings you want to receive, to the extent that you wish to make yourself elevated, you are able to do that at this time.
117अब नहीं तो कब नहीं . ab nahī̃ tō kab nahī̃ . ab[adv.] nahī̃ tō[x] kab nahī̃[neg] . now otherwise when not .
120If not now, then never!
118जैसे संकल्प के खज़ाने को व्यर्थ गँवना अर्थात् अपने प्राप्तियों को गँवाना . jaisē saṅkalp kē|K khazānē kō vyarth gãvanā arthāt apnē prāptiyō̃ kō ganvānā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] x arthāt apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ganvānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . like thought (of|K) treasure to wasteful x that is one’s own attainment to lose[inf.m.sg.d.] .
121To waste the treasure of your thoughts means to waste your attainments.
119ऐसे ही समय के एक सेकण्ड को भी व्यर्थ गँवाया , सफल नहीं किया तो बहुत गँवाया . aisē hī samay kē|K ēk second kō bhī vyarth ganvāyā , saphal nahī̃ kiyā tō bahut ganvāyā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ēk[adj.] second kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , saphal[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bahut ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . such only time (of|K) one second to too wasteful lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] , successful not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then very lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
122Similarly, to waste even one second of your time - if that is not used in a worthwhile way, then you have lost a lot.
120साथ में ज्ञान का खज़ाना , गुणों का खज़ाना , शक्तियों का खज़ाना और हर आत्मा और परमात्मा द्वारा दुआओं का खज़ाना . sāth mē̃ gyān kā khazānā , guṇō̃ kā khazānā , śhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā aur har|her ātmā aur paramātmā dvārā duāō̃ kā khazānā . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur har|harnā[root]|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] aur paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . with in knowledge of treasure , virtue of treasure , Shakti of treasure and (x|x[root]) soul and Supreme Soul through blessing of treasure .
123Together with that, there are the treasures of knowledge, virtues and powers. 124There is also the treasure of good wishes from every soul and from God.
121सबसे सहज है पुरुषार्थ में दुआयें दो और दुआयें लो . sabsē sahaj hai puruṣhārth mē̃ duāyē̃ dō aur duāyē̃ lō|low . sabsē sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . the most easy be[pres.sg.23] effort in blessing (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and blessing (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
125The easiest thing of all in your efforts is to give good wishes and receive good wishes.
122सुख दो और सुख लो , न दुःख दो न दुख लो . sukh dō aur sukh lō|low , na duḥkh dō na dukh lō|low . sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low , na[neg] duḥkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] na[neg] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . happiness (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and happiness (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) , not hurt[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] not sorrow (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
126Give happiness and receive happiness. 127Do not cause sorrow and do not take sorrow.
123ऐसे नहीं कि दुःख दिया नहीं लेकिन ले लो तो भी दुखी तो होंगे ना ! aisē nahī̃ ki duḥkh diyā nahī̃ lēkin lē lō tō bhī dukhī tō hōṅgē nā ! aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] duḥkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] nahī̃[neg] lēkin lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] tō bhī[x] duḥkhī[adj.] tō hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! it isn't that that hurt[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] not but take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] ∅ unhappy then be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
128Don't think that you did not cause sorrow, for if you even take sorrow, you would be unhappy, would you not?
124तो दुआयें दो , सुख दो और सुख लो . tō duāyē̃ dō , sukh dō aur sukh lō|low . tō duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . then blessing (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , happiness (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and happiness (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
129So, give good wishes. 130Give happiness and receive happiness.
125दुआयें देना आता है ? duāyē̃ dēnā ātā hai ? duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
131Do you know how to give good wishes?
126आता है ? ātā hai ? ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
132Do you know?
127लेना भी आता है ? lēnā bhī ātā hai ? lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? take[inf.m.sg.d.] too come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
133Do you also know how to receive them?
128जिसको दुआयें लेना और देना आता है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō duāyē̃ lēnā aur dēnā ātā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] blessing take[inf.m.sg.d.] and give[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .
134Those who know how to give and receive good wishes, raise your hands!
129अच्छा - सभी को आता है ? achchhā - sabhī kō ātā hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? achcha - all to come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
135Achcha, all of you know? 136All of you know it.
130अच्छा - डबल फॉरेनर्स को भी आता है ? achchhā - double foreigners kō bhī ātā hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - double foreigner kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? achcha - double foreigner to too come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
137Achcha. 138Do the double foreigners know?
131मुबारक है . mubārak hai . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
139Congratulations.
132देने आता है लेने आता है तो मुबारक है . dēnē ātā hai lēnē ātā hai tō mubārak hai . dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.m.23] take[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.m.23] then congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
140Congratulations for knowing how to give and receive good wishes.
133सभी को मुबारक है , अगर लेने भी आता और देने भी आता फिर और चाहिए क्या . sabhī kō mubārak hai , agar lēnē bhī ātā aur dēnē bhī ātā phir aur chāhiē kyā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , agar lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] aur chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] kyā . all to congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , if take[inf.m.pl.,o.] too come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and give[inf.m.pl.,o.] too come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] (turn[root]|then) and (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) what .
141Congratulations to everyone. 142If you know how to receive and how to give, what more do you need?
134दुआयें लेते जाओ दुआयें देते जाओ , सम्पन्न हो जायेंगे . duāyē̃ lētē jāō duāyē̃ dētē jāō , sampann hō jāyēṅgē . duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , sampann[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . blessing take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] blessing give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] , full be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
143Continue to give good wishes and continue to receive them and you will become complete.
135कोई बददुआ देवे तो क्या करेंगे ? kōī badduā dēvē tō kyā karē̃gē ? kōī[pn.;d.] badduā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? some bad wish give[opt.sg.23] then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
144What will you do if someone sends you bad wishes?
136लेंगे ? lē̃gē ? lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
145Will you take them?
137बददुआ आपको देता है तो आप क्या करेंगे ? badduā āpkō dētā hai tō āp kyā karē̃gē ? badduā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? bad wish you[.kō] give[pres.sg.m.23] then you what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
146If someone gives you bad wishes, what will you do?
138लेंगे ? lē̃gē ? lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
147Will you take them?
139अगर बद-दुआ मानो ले लिया तो आपके अन्दर स्वच्छता रही ? agar bad-duā mānō lē liyā tō āpkē andar svachchhatā rahī ? agar bad-duā[n.f.;sg.] mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] andar svachchhatā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.] ? if bad wishes x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] then you[.kē] inside cleanliness remain[past-part.f.] ?
148Just consider: if you take those bad wishes, will there be cleanliness in yourself?
140बद-दुआ तो खराब चीज है ना ! bad-duā tō kharāb chīj hai nā ! bad-duā[n.f.;sg.] tō kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! bad wishes then bad thing be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
149Bad wishes are something bad, is it not?
141आपने ले ली , अपने अन्दर स्वीकार कर ली तो आपका अन्दर स्वच्छ तो नहीं रहा ना ! āpnē lē lī , apnē andar svīkār kar lī tō āpkā andar svachchha tō nahī̃ rahā nā ! āp[pn.pl.nē] lēnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] andar svachchh[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] nā ! you[.nē] take[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , one’s own inside acceptance do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] then you[.kā] inside pure then not (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) ∅ !
150If you take them into yourself, then there wouldn't be that cleanliness in yourself any more, would there?
142अगर जरा भी डिफेक्ट रहा तो परफेक्ट नहीं बन सकते . agar jarā bhī defect rahā tō perfect nahī̃ ban saktē . agar zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] defect rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] tō perfect nahī̃[neg] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . if x too defect (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) then perfect not (x|become[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
151If the slightest defect remains, you won't be able to become perfect.
143अगर खराब चीज़ कोई देवे तो क्या आप ले लेंगे ? agar kharāb chīz kōī dēvē tō kyā āp lē lē̃gē ? agar kharāb[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] kōī[pn.;d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō kyā āp[pn.pl.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ? if bad thing some give[opt.sg.23] then what you take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ?
152If someone gives you something that is spoilt, would you take it?
144कोई बहुत सुन्दर फल हो लेकिन आपको खराब हुआ दे देवे , फल तो बढिया है फिर ले लेंगे ? kōī bahut sundar phal hō lēkin āpkō kharāb huā dē dēvē , phal tō baḍhiyā hai phir lē lē̃gē ? kōī[pn.;d.] bahut sundar[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kō] kharāb[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā] dēnā[opt.sg.23] , phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō baṛhiyā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phirnā[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? some very x fruit (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but you[.kō] bad be[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā] give[opt.sg.23] , fruit then x be[pres.sg.23] turn[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
153If someone gives you some very beautiful but rotten fruit, would you take it? 154Would you take it or not?
145नहीं लेंगे ना कि कहेंगे अच्छा तो है , चलो दिया है तो ले ले . nahī̃ lē̃gē nā ki kahē̃gē achchhā tō hai , chalō diyā hai tō lē lē . nahī̃[neg] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō lēnā[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] . not take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ that say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] achcha then be[pres.sg.23] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then take[opt.sg.23.root+lēnā] .
155Or, would you say, "It is good, and you have given it..."
146कभी भी कोई बद-दुआ दे तो आप मन में अन्दर धारण नहीं करो . kabhī bhī kōī bad-duā dē tō āp man mē̃ andar dhāraṇ nahī̃ karō . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] bad-duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] andar dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ever too some bad wishes (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) then you mind in inside adopting not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
156Whenever anyone gives bad wishes, do not imbibe that in your mind.
147समझ में आता है यह बद-दुआ है लेकिन बद-दुआ अन्दर धारण नहीं करो , नहीं तो डिफेक्ट हो जायेगा . samajh mē̃ ātā hai yah bad-duā hai lēkin bad-duā andar dhāraṇ nahī̃ karō , nahī̃ tō defect hō jāyēgā . samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bad-duā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bad-duā[n.f.;sg.] andar dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃ tō[x] defect hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (understanding|understand[root]) in come[pres.sg.m.23] this bad wishes be[pres.sg.23] but bad wishes inside adopting not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , otherwise defect be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
157You understand that those are bad wishes, and so do not imbibe those bad wishes in yourself, for otherwise, it will become a defect.
148तो अभी यह वर्ष , अभी थोड़े दिन पड़े हैं पुराने वर्ष में लेकिन अपने दिल में दृढ़ संकल्प करो , अभी भी किसकी बद-दुआ मन में हो तो निकाल दो और कल से दुआ देंगे , दुआ लेंगे . tō abhī yah varṣh , abhī thōṛē din paṛē haĩ purānē varṣh mē̃ lēkin apnē dil mē̃ dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karō , abhī bhī kiskī bad-duā man mē̃ hō tō nikāl dō aur kal sē duā dēgē , duā lē̃gē . tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] bad-duā[n.f.;sg.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] aur kal sē[postp.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then now this year , now short day fall[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] old year in but one’s own heart in determined thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now too who[.kī] bad wishes mind in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] and x from blessing give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , blessing take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
158So, this year, and there are a few more days left of this old year, make a determined thought in your heart. 159Even now, if there are any bad wishes for anyone in your mind, then remove them. 160And, from tomorrow, only give good wishes and receive good wishes.
149मंजूर है ? mañjūr hai ? mañjūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? agree be[pres.sg.23] ?
161Do you agree with this?
150पसन्द है ? pasand hai ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] ?
162Do you like it?
151पसन्द है या करना ही है ? pasand hai yā karnā hī hai ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] or do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ?
163Is it that you just like it or are you also going to do it?
152पसन्द तो है लेकिन जो समझते है करना ही है , कुछ भी हो जाये , लेकिन करना ही है , वह हाथ उठाओ . pasand tō hai lēkin jō samajhtē hai karnā hī hai , kuchh bhī hō jāyē , lēkin karnā hī hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . pasand[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , lēkin karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . love then be[pres.sg.23] but that understand[x] do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , anything be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , but do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .
164You like it, but those of you who think that you have to do it, that no matter what happens, you have to do it, raise your hands!
153करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
165You have to do it.
154जो स्नेही सहयोगी आज आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō snēhī sahyōgī āj āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] āj ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that loving co-operative today come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
166All the loving and co-operative souls who have come today, raise your hands! 167Those who have come for the first time.
155तो जो स्नेही सहयोगी आये हैं , बापदादा उन्हों को मुबारक दे रहे हैं क्योंकि सहयोगी तो हो , स्नेही भी हो लेकिन आज एक और कदम उठाके बाप के घर में वा अपने घर में आये हो , तो अपने घर में आने की मुबारक है . tō jō snēhī sahyōgī āyē haĩ , bāpdādā unhō̃ kō mubārak dē rahē haĩ kyōṅki sahyōgī tō hō , snēhī bhī hō lēkin āj ēk aur kadam uṭhākē bāp kē|K ghar mē̃ vā apnē ghar mē̃ āyē hō , tō apnē ghar mē̃ ānē kī|key mubārak hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki sahyōgī[adj.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , snēhī[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āj ēk[adj.] aur kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then that loving co-operative come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada that to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because co-operative then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , loving too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but today one and step uplift[abs.] father (of|K) home in or one’s own home in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , then one’s own home in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
168Achcha, all of you are sitting in one line. 169BapDada is congratulating all you loving and co-operative souls who have come. 170Because you are co-operative, you are also loving. 171However, today, you have taken one more step and have come to the Father's home, that is, to your home.
156अच्छा जो स्नेही सहयोगी आये हैं वह भी समझते हैं कि दुआयें देंगे और लेंगे ? achchhā jō snēhī sahyōgī āyē haĩ vah bhī samajhtē haĩ ki duāyē̃ dēgē aur lē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha that loving co-operative come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that too understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that blessing give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
172So, congratulations for coming home! 173Achcha, do all you loving and co- operative souls who have come think that you will give good wishes and receive good wishes?
157समझते हो ? samajhtē hō ? samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
174Are you considering this?
158हिम्मत रखते हो ? himmat rakhtē hō ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? courage keep[pres.pl.m.2] ?
175Do you have this courage?
159जो स्नेही सहयोगी हिम्मत रखते हैं , मदद मिलेगी , लम्बा हाथ उठाओ . jō snēhī sahyōgī himmat rakhtē haĩ , madad milēgī , lambā hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] , lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that loving co-operative courage keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x receive[fut.f.sg.23] , x raise your hands .
176All the loving and co-operative souls who will maintain courage and receive help, raise your hands high!
160अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
177Achcha.
161फिर तो आप भी सम्पन्न हो जायेंगे , मुबारक हो . phir tō āp bhī sampann hō jāyēṅgē , mubārak hō . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (turn[root]|then) then you too full be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
178Then you will also become complete. 179Congratulations.
162अच्छा जो गाडली स्टूडेंट रेग्युलर हैं , चाहे ब्राह्मण जीवन में बापदादा से मिलने पहली बार आये हैं लेकिन अपने को ब्राह्मण समझते हैं , रेग्युलर स्टूडेंट समझते हैं वह अगर समझते हैं कि करना ही है , वह हाथ उठाओ . achchhā jō godly student regular haĩ , chāhē brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ bāpdādā sē milnē pahlī bār āyē haĩ lēkin apnē kō brāhmaṇ samajhtē haĩ , regular student samajhtē haĩ vah agar samajhtē haĩ ki karnā hī hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] godly student[x] regular hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , regular student samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] agar samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha that x regularly be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Brahmin life in BapDada from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but one’s own to Brahmin understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , regularly student understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that if understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .
180If you are a regular Godly student, even if you have come to meet BapDada for the first time in this Brahmin life, and you consider yourself to be a Brahmin, a regular student - if you think that you have to do this, then raise your hand! 181Will you give good wishes and receive good wishes?
163दुआ देंगे , दुआ लेंगे ? duā dēgē , duā lē̃gē ? duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? blessing give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , blessing take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
182Will you do this?
164करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 165टीचर्स उठा रही हैं ? teachers uṭhā rahī haĩ ? teacher uṭhānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ? teacher uplift[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ?
183Are the teachers raising their hands?
166यह कैबिन वाले नहीं उठा रहे हैं . yah cabin vālē nahī̃ uṭhā rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] cabin vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this cabin those who not uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
184Those sitting in the cabin are not raising their hands.
167यह समझते हैं हम तो देते ही है . yah samajhtē haĩ ham tō dētē hī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] tō dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we then give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
185They think that they are always giving good wishes.
168अभी करना ही है . abhī karnā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
186You now have to do this.
169कुछ भी हो जाए , हिम्मत रखो . kuchh bhī hō jāē , himmat rakhō . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , courage keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
187No matter what happens, maintain courage.
170दृढ संकल्प रखो . dr̥iḍh saṅkalp rakhō . dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . determined thought keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
188Have the determined thought.
171अगर मानो कभी बद-दुआ का प्रभाव पड भी जावे ना तो 10 गुणा दुआयें ज्यादा दे करके उसको खत्म कर देना . agar mānō kabhī bad-duā kā prabhāv paḍ bhī jāvē nā tō 10 guṇā duāyē̃ jyādā dē karkē uskō khatm kar dēnā . agar mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kabhī[adv.] bad-duā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[opt.sg.23] nā tō 10 guṇā duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] karnā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.kō] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . if x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ever bad wishes of x fall[root] too go[opt.sg.23] ∅ then 10 fold blessing more (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) do[abs.] that[.kō] finished do[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
189If there is ever an influence of bad wishes, then give tenfold more good wishes and finish that influence.
172एक बद-दुआ के प्रभाव को 10 गुणा दुआयें देके हल्का कर देना फिर हिम्मत आ जायेगी . ēk bad-duā kē|K prabhāv kō 10 guṇā duāyē̃ dēkē halkā kar dēnā phir himmat ā jāyēgī . ēk[adj.] bad-duā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] 10 guṇā duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[abs.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . one bad wishes (of|K) x to 10 fold blessing give[abs.] light do[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] (turn[root]|then) courage come[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
190Reduce the influence of one bad wish with tenfold good wishes and you will then have courage.
173नुकसान तो अपने को होता है ना , दूसरा तो बद-दुआ देके चला गया लेकिन जिसने बद-टुआ समा ली , दुःखी कौन होता है ? nuksān tō apnē kō hōtā hai nā , dūsrā tō bad-duā dēkē chalā gayā lēkin jisnē bad-ṭuā samā lī , duḥkhī kaun hōtā hai ? nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō bad-duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[abs.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|chalānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..passive] lēkin jō[pn.sg.nē] x samānā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? loss then one’s own to be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , other then bad wishes give[abs.] (continue[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.sg.d..passive]) but that[.nē] x merge[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) who be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
191After all, it is you who incurs a loss. 192The other person gives bad wishes and goes away, but if someone imbibes those bad wishes, who experiences sorrow?
174लेने वाला या देने वाला ? lēnē vālā yā dēnē vālā ? lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who or give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who ?
193The one who takes or the one who gives?
175देने वाला भी होता है लेकिन लेने वाला ज्यादा होता है . dēnē vālā bhī hōtā hai lēkin lēnē vālā jyādā hōtā hai . dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too be[pres.sg.m.23] but take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who more be[pres.sg.m.23] .
194The one who gives does experience sorrow, but the one who receives experiences greater sorrow.
176देने वाला तो अलबेला होता है . dēnē vālā tō albēlā hōtā hai . dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō albēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then careless be[pres.sg.m.23] .
195The one who is giving is careless.
177आज बापदादा अपने दिल की विशेष आशा सुनार हे हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē dil kī|key viśhēṣh āśhā sunār hē haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] sōnār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special desire goldsmith x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
196Today, BapDada is especially telling you about His heart's desire.
178बापदादा की सभी बच्चों के प्रति , एक-एक बच्चे के प्रति चाहे देश , चाहे विदेश में हैं , चाहे सहयोगी हैं क्योकि सहयोगियों को भी परिचय तो मिला है ना . bāpdādā kī|key sabhī bachchō̃ kē prati , ēk-ēk bachchē kē prati chāhē dēśh , chāhē vidēśh mē̃ haĩ , chāhē sahyōgī haĩ kyōki sahyōgiyō̃ kō bhī parichay tō milā hai nā . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] , ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē prati[x] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki sahyōgī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all child for , one child for (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) land , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] because co-operative to too introduction then receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
197BapDada has one desire for each of you children, whether you are from this land or from abroad, or even if you are a co- operative soul, because even the co-operative souls have received the introduction.
179तो जब परिचय मिला है तो परिचय से प्राप्ति तो करनी चाहिए ना . tō jab parichay milā hai tō parichay sē prāpti tō karnī chāhiē nā . tō jab parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[.oblig3] nā . then when introduction receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then introduction from attainment then do[.oblig3] ∅ .
198Since you have received the introduction, you should also experience some attainment through that introduction.
180तो बापदादा की यही आशा है कि हर बच्चा दुआयें देता रहे . tō bāpdādā kī|key yahī āśhā hai ki har|her bachchā duāyē̃ dētā rahē . tō bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yahī[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this desire be[pres.sg.23] that (x|x[root]) child blessing give[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
199So, BapDada's desire is that every child should continue to give good wishes.
181दुआओं का खज़ाना जितना जमा कर सको उतना करते जाओ क्योंकि इस समय जितनी दुआयें इकट्ठी करेंगे , जमा करेंगे उतना ही जब आप पूज्य बनेंगे तो आत्माओं को दुआयें दे सकेंगे . duāō̃ kā khazānā jitnā jamā kar sakō utnā kartē jāō kyōṅki is samay jitnī duāyē̃ ikaṭṭhī karē̃gē , jamā karē̃gē utnā hī jab āp pūjya banē̃gē tō ātmāō̃ kō duāyē̃ dē sakē̃gē . duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] kyōṅki is samay[x] jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , jamā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] jab āp[pn.pl.] pūjya[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . blessing of treasure the more accumulate x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] because at this time the more blessing together do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , accumulate x only when you worthy of worship become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then soul to blessing give[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
200Continue to accumulate an account of good wishes as much as you want because however many good wishes you collect and accumulate at this time, to that extent you will be able to give blessings to souls when you become worthy of worship.
182सिर्फ अभी दुआयें आपको नहीं देनी है , द्वापर से लेके भक्तों को भी दुआयें देनी है . sirph abhī duāyē̃ āpkō nahī̃ dēnī hai , dvāpar sē lēkē bhaktō̃ kō bhī duāyē̃ dēnī hai . sirph[adj.] ab[adv.hī] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , dvāpar sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . only now blessing you[.kō] not give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , copper age from take[abs.] devotee to too blessing give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
201It isn't just at this time that you have to give blessings; you also have to give blessings to the devotees from the copper age onwards.
183तो इतना दुआओं का स्टॉक जमा करना है . tō itnā duāō̃ kā stock jamā karnā hai . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stock jamā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then such blessing of stock accumulate .
202So, you have to accumulate such a stock of blessings.
184राजा बच्चे हो ना . rājā bachchē hō nā . rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . king child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
203You are the royal children, are you not?
185बापदादा हर एक बच्चे को राजा बच्चा देखते हैं . bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kō rājā bachchā dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada each one child to king child see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
204BapDada sees each of you children as one who will become a king.
186कम नहीं . cum|kam nahī̃ . cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . (x|less) not .
205You are no less.
187अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
206Achcha.
188सेवा का टर्न दिल्ली ज़ोन : अच्छा दिल्ली वाले सभी उठो . sēvā kā turn dillī zone : achchhā dillī vālē sabhī uṭhō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] zone : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service of you Delhi zone : achcha Delhi those who all wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
207Today, it is the turn of the Delhi Zone to serve everyone.
189दिल्ली का नाम सुन करके सब खुश होते हो ना ! dillī kā nām sun karkē sab khuśh hōtē hō nā ! dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! Delhi of name listen[root] do[abs.] all happy be[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
208Achcha, all those from Delhi, stand up! 209Achcha.
190क्योंकि कल्प-कल्प की आपकी राजधानी है . kyōṅki kalp-kalp kī|key āpkī rājdhānī hai . kyōṅki kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āp[pn.pl.kī] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because cycle (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) you[.kī] kingdom be[pres.sg.23] .
210All of you are happy to hear the name Delhi, are you not?
191वैसे देखो ड्रामा में राजधानी दिल्ली तो है ही लेकिन सेवा की आरम्भ भी दिल्ली से हुई . vaisē dēkhō drama mē̃ rājdhānī dillī tō hai hī lēkin sēvā kī|key ārambh bhī dillī sē huī . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] drama mē̃[postp.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] hōnā[past-part.f.] . x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] drama in kingdom Delhi then be[pres.sg.23] only but service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x too Delhi from be[past-part.f.] .
211It is because it is your capital every cycle. 212Delhi is the capital in the drama, but service also first began in Delhi.
192आदि से लेकर भिन्न-भिन्न सेवाओं की नई-नई इन्वेनशन भी दिल्ली वालों ने निकाली है . ādi sē lēkar bhinn-bhinn sēvāō̃ kī|key naī-naī invēnaśan bhī dillī vālō̃ nē nikālī hai . ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] bhinn[adj.] sēvā[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x bhī[p.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . etc. from take[abs.] different service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) new x too Delhi those who ∅ x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
213From the beginning, the new inventions of different types of service have been invented by those from Delhi.
193औरों ने भी निकाली है लेकिन दिल्लीवालों ने भी निकाली है . aurō̃ nē bhī nikālī hai lēkin dillīvālō̃ nē bhī nikālī hai . aurō̃ nē[postp.] bhī[p.] nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin x nē[postp.] bhī[p.] nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . others ∅ too x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but x ∅ too x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
214Others have also invented some, and those from Delhi have invented some.
194यह यज्ञ सेवा का चांस मिला है . yah yagya sēvā kā chance milā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this sacrificial fire service of chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
215You have received this chance of service, of serving the yagya.
195यज्ञ सेवा का फल बहुत बडा है क्योंकि यज्ञ सेवा अर्थात् ब्राह्मण आत्माओं की सेवा . yagya sēvā kā phal bahut baḍā hai kyōṅki yagya sēvā arthāt brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kī|key sēvā . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . sacrificial fire service of fruit very very be[pres.sg.23] because sacrificial fire service that is Brahmin soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service .
216The fruit of serving the yagya is very great because to serve the yagya means to serve Brahmin souls.
196भक्ति में तो 8 - 10 ब्राह्मणों को भोजन खिलाया , कुछ किया तो समझते हैं बडा पुण्य हो गया लाकन यहाँ दस हजार , 12 हजार , 8 हजार ब्राह्मणों की सेवा का चांस मिलता है . bhakti mē̃ tō 8 - 10 brāhmaṇō̃ kō bhōjan khilāyā , kuchh kiyā tō samajhtē haĩ baḍā puṇya hō gayā lākan yahā̃ das hajār , 12 hajār , 8 hajār brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key sēvā kā chance miltā hai . bhakti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō 8 - 10 brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhōjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] khilānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kuchh karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] x yahā̃ das[adj.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , 12 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , 8 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . devotion in then 8 - 10 Brahmin to food feed[past-part.m.sg.d.] , anything do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] very charity be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] x here x 1000 , 12 1000 , 8 1000 Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service of chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
217On the path of devotion, when they feed 8 to 10 brahmins, they think that they have performed great charity, whereas here, you receive a chance to serve 10,000, 12,000, 8,000 Brahmins.
197यज्ञ पिता के यज्ञ की सेवा है . yagya pitā kē|K yagya kī|key sēvā hai . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . sacrificial fire father (of|K) sacrificial fire (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service be[pres.sg.23] . 198ब्रह्मा भोजन का , यज्ञ का कणा-कणा बहुत वैल्यूबुल है और आप ब्राह्मणों को वह ब्रह्मा भोजन कितना प्यार से प्राप्त होता है . brahmā bhōjan kā , yagya kā kaṇā-kaṇā bahut vailyūbul hai aur āp brāhmaṇō̃ kō vah brahmā bhōjan kitnā pyār sē prāpt hōtā hai . brahmā bhōjan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaṇ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut x hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] brahmā bhōjan[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Brahma bhojan of , sacrificial fire of x very x be[pres.sg.23] and you Brahmin to that Brahma bhojan so love from reached be[pres.sg.m.23] .
218It is service and Brahma bhojan of the yagya of the Father of the yagya. 219Every grain of the yagya is very valuable, and you Brahmins receive this Brahma bhojan with so much love.
199यह ब्रह्मा भोजन कम नहीं है . yah brahmā bhōjan cum|kam nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] brahmā bhōjan[x] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this Brahma bhojan (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] .
220This Brahma bhojan is no less.
200जिसके भी भाग्य में ब्रह्मा भोजन होता है उनको पता नहीं होता है कि इसका फल क्या मिलना है लेकिन मिलता जरूर है . jiskē bhī bhāgya mē̃ brahmā bhōjan hōtā hai unkō patā nahī̃ hōtā hai ki iskā phal kyā milnā hai lēkin miltā jarūr hai . jō[pn.sg.kē] bhī[p.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā bhōjan[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.pl.kō] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.kē] too x in Brahma bhojan be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] knowledge not be[pres.sg.m.23] that this[.kā] fruit what receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] definitely be[pres.sg.23] .
221Those who have Brahma bhojan in their fortune are not aware of how much fruit they will receive from this, but they definitely do receive the fruit.
201इसलिए भक्ति में भी कहते हैं शिव के भण्डारे भरपूर काल कटक सब दूर . isliē bhakti mē̃ bhī kahtē haĩ śhiv kē|K bhaṇḍārē bharpūr kāl kaṭak sab dūr . isliē bhakti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] śhiv kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bharpūr[adj.] kal x sab[adj.] dūr[adj.] . therefore devotion in too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Shiva (of|K) treasure store full x x all distant . 202तो खाने वाले को कितना फल होगा . tō khānē vālē kō kitnā phal hōgā . tō khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who to so fruit be[fut.m.sg.23] .
222This is why, even on the path of devotion, they say, "The bhandara (kitchen, treasure-store) of Shiva is full and all sorrow and suffering is removed."
203अच्छा है , दिल्ली में सेवा के प्लैन तो बनाते रहते हैं लेकिन एक विशेषता बापदादा ने सुनी , जो अच्छी लगी कि दिल्लीवालों ने अपने निमित्त बने हुए प्रेसिडेंट की सेवा बहुत अच्छी की है और वह निमित्त बन औरों को भी मैसेज देता रहता है . achchhā hai , dillī mē̃ sēvā kē|K plan tō banātē rahtē haĩ lēkin ēk viśhēṣhtā bāpdādā nē sunī , jō achchhī lagī ki dillīvālō̃ nē apnē nimitt banē huē prēsiḍēṇṭ kī|key sēvā bahut achchhī kī hai aur vah nimitt ban aurō̃ kō bhī message dētā rahtā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan tō banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.f.] , jō[pn.;d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[past-part.f.] ki[conj.] x nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] message dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , Delhi in service (of|K) plan then create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] but one speciality BapDada ∅ listen[past-part.f.] , that achcha x[past-part.f.] that x ∅ one’s own instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and that instrument (x|become[root]) others to too message give[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
223So, how much fruit would those who eat from this receive? 224It is good that you continue to make plans in Delhi, but BapDada has heard of one speciality which He liked, that those from Delhi have served the President very well, and that he has become an instrument and continues to give the message to others too.
204तो अच्छा माइक तैयार किया है ना , पॉवरफुल . tō achchhā mike taiyār kiyā hai nā , powerful . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , powerful . then achcha mike x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , powerful .
225So, you have prepared a very good, powerful mike.
205अभी दिल्ली वालों को सेवा का और नया प्लैन निकालना चाहिए . abhī dillī vālō̃ kō sēvā kā aur nayā plan nikālnā chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan nikālnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|nikālnā[.oblig3] . now Delhi those who to service of and new plan (x[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|x[.oblig3]) .
226Now, those from Delhi have to make another new plan for service.
206वा कोई भी जोन , बॉम्बे भी कर सकता , हर एक जोन में कोई न कोई प्लैन की इन्वेंशन करने वाला है . vā kōī bhī zone , bômbē bhī kar saktā , har ēk zone mē̃ kōī na kōī plan kī|key invention karnē vālā hai . vā kōī bhī[x] zone , bāmbē bhī[p.] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , har ēk[x] zone mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] plan karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key invention karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . or anyone zone , Bombay too do[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , each one zone in one .. or another plan (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) invention do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
227Or any other zone, even Bombay, can do this. 228There is someone who can invent one plan or another in every zone.
207अभी मेगाप्रोग्राम भी हो गये , वह भी कॉमन हो गये , देखो , यह विशेष आपके दादी की इन्वेनशन थी . abhī mēgāprōgrām bhī hō gayē , vah bhī common hō gayē , dēkhō , yah viśhēṣh āpkē dādī kī|key invēnaśan thī . ab[adv.hī] x bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] common hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x hōnā[past.f] . now x too be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , that too x be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this special you[.kē] Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[past.f] .
229The mega programmes have now also taken place. 230That too has become common. 231Look, that was a special invention of your Dadi.
208और कितना सहज हो रहा है . aur kitnā sahaj hō rahā hai . aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . and so easy be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
232And it is happening so easily.
209पहले समझते थे लाख को इकट्ठा करना बहुत मेहनत की बात है लेकिन अभी जहाँ भी हुआ है , बडी दिल से किया है और बड़ी सफलता मिली है . pahlē samajhtē thē lākh kō ikaṭṭhā karnā bahut mēhnat kī|key bāt hai lēkin abhī jahā̃ bhī huā hai , baḍī dil sē kiyā hai aur baṛī saphaltā milī hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] samajhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] lākh[x] kō[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] jahā̃ bhī[p.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāṛī[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (x|firstly) understand[hab-past.pl.m.] 100,000 to together do[inf.m.sg.d.] very effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] but now where there too be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , x heart from do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and very success receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . 210बापदादा नाम नहीं लेते लेकिन रिजल्ट देखी गई कि जितनी बडी दिल से किया है उतनी सफलता मिली है . bāpdādā nām nahī̃ lētē lēkin result dēkhī gaī ki jitnī baḍī dil sē kiyā hai utnī saphaltā milī hai . bāpdādā nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin result dēkhnā[past-part.f..past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[past-part.f..passive] ki[conj.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāṛī[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada name not take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but result (see[past-part.f..past-part+jānā]|see[past-part.f..passive]) that the more x heart from do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x success receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
233Previously, you used to think that to gather 100,000 together was something that required a lot of effort, but now, wherever it has happened, they have done it with a big heart and received success accordingly.
211सफलता तो मिलनी है ही . saphaltā tō milnī hai hī . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] tō milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] hī[p.] . success then receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] only .
234You are definitely going to receive success.
212सफलता तो ब्राह्मण आत्माओ के गले का हार है . saphaltā tō brāhmaṇ ātmāō kē|K galē kā hār hai . saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . success then Brahmin soul (of|K) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) of (x|x[root]) be[pres.sg.23] .
235Success is the garland around the neck of Brahmin souls.
213जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है . janm siddha adhikār hai . janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (life|be born[root]) successful right be[pres.sg.23] .
236It is your birthright.
214तो दिल्ली वालो को अभी कुछ नया करना चाहिए . tō dillī vālō kō abhī kuchh nayā karnā chāhiē . tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] kuchh nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] . then Delhi those who to now anything new (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) .
237So, those from Delhi should now do something new. 238Is this OK?
215दिल्ली वाले ठीक है ना ! dillī vālē ṭhīk hai nā ! dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! Delhi those who OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 216इबेबान करने वाले भी बहुत है . ibēbān karnē vālē bhī bahut hai . x karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too very be[pres.sg.23] .
239Yes, those from Delhi, there are many there who can create inventions.
217अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
240It is good.
218हर एक वर्ग वालों ने जो भी सेवा अभी तक की है , अच्छी की है . har ēk varg vālō̃ nē jō bhī sēvā abhī tak kī hai , achchhī kī hai . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] tak karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . each one profession those who ∅ that too service now until do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
241All those from all the professions, whatever service you have done until now, that has been good.
219अभी और अच्छे ते अच्छी करेंगे . abhī aur achchhē tē achchhī karē̃gē . ab[adv.hī] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now and achcha from achcha do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
242Now, you will do even better than that.
220अच्छी की है और अच्छे ते अच्छी होती रहेगी . achchhī kī hai aur achchhē tē achchhī hōtī rahēgī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and achcha from achcha be[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
243You have done good service and even better service will now continue to take place.
221आखिर साइलेन्स की शक्ति को साइंस की शक्ति पर विजय तो प्राप्त करनी ही है . ākhir silence kī|key śhakti kō science kī|key śhakti par vijay tō prāpt karnī hī hai . ākhir silence karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] science karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō prāpt[adj.] karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . at last silence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti to science (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti (at|other) victory then reached (x|do[inf.f.]) only be[pres.sg.23] .
244Ultimately, the power of silence has to become victorious over the power of science.
222अभी साइंस वाले भी सम्पर्क में आ रहे हैं . abhī science vālē bhī samparka mē̃ ā rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] science vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now science those who too x in come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
245Now scientists too are coming into contact.
223जो भी सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में आते हैं , परिचय मिल गया है , समझते हैं कार्य अच्छा है , उन्हों को ज्ञान का कणा-दाना भी बुद्धि में स्वीकार हुआ , उसका फल जरूर मिलेगा . jō bhī sambandh-sampark mē̃ ātē haĩ , parichay mil gayā hai , samajhtē haĩ kārya achchhā hai , unhō̃ kō gyān kā kaṇā-dānā bhī buddhi mē̃ svīkār huā , uskā phal jarūr milēgā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bhī[p.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that too x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , introduction receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] task achcha be[pres.sg.23] , that to knowledge of x too intellect in acceptance be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that[.kā] fruit definitely receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
246Whoever comes into contact or relationship or receives the introduction believes that this work is good. 247They have also accepted a few grains of knowledge into their intellect and they will definitely receive the fruit of that.
224ज्ञान का कणा-दाना भी विनाश नहीं होता है , अविनाशी फल है . gyān kā kaṇā-dānā bhī vināśh nahī̃ hōtā hai , avināśhī phal hai . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bhī[p.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , avināśhī[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . knowledge of x too destruction not be[pres.sg.m.23] , imperishable fruit be[pres.sg.23] .
248Even a few grains of knowledge are never destroyed; the fruit of that is imperishable.
225अभी दिल्ली वालों ने समझा ना - क्या करना है ? abhī dillī vālō̃ nē samjhā nā - kyā karnā hai ? ab[adv.hī] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā - kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now Delhi those who ∅ (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ - what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
249So, do those of you from Delhi now understand what you have to do?
226और माइक तैयार करो . aur mike taiyār karō . aur mike taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and mike x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
250Now prepare more mikes.
227चार-पाँच तैयार किया है , बापदादा के पास लिस्ट पँहुची है लेकिन और तैयार करो . cār-pā̃c taiyār kiyā hai , bāpdādā kē pās list pãhucī hai lēkin aur taiyār karō . x taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā kē pās[x] list x hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin aur taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , BapDada to list x be[pres.sg.23] but and x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
251You have prepared four or five. 252This list has reached BapDada. 253Now prepare a few more.
228सभी जोन जो आज आये हैं . sabhī zone jō āj āyē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] zone jō[pn.;d.] āj ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . all zone that today come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 229सेवा का सबूत लेके आये हैं ना . sēvā kā sabūt lēkē āyē haĩ nā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . service of x take[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
254All the zones that have come today have come with the proof of service, have they not?
230स्नेही सहयोगी जो आये हैं ना वह उठो , थोडा-सा खडे हो जाओ . snēhī sahyōgī jō āyē haĩ nā vah uṭhō , thōḍā-sā khaḍē hō jāō . snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x x hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . loving co-operative that come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x x be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
255All the loving and co-operative souls who have come, stand up!
231बैठे-बैठे तो थक गये होगे अभी थोडा खड़े हो जाओ . baiṭhē-baiṭhē tō thak gayē hōgē abhī thōḍā khaṛē hō jāō . baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] tō thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] hōnā[fut.m.pl.2] ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) then become desperate[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.2] now short standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
256Stand up for a little while. 257You must have become tired sitting for so long.
232अच्छा - बहुत अच्छे - अच्छे आये हैं . achchhā - bahut achchhē - achchhē āyē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha - very achcha - achcha come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
258So, stand up for a little while. 259Achcha.
233आप लोगों को पता है कि आप किसके मैसेन्जर बने हुए हो ? āp lōgō̃ kō patā hai ki āp kiskē messenger banē huē hō ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] messenger bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? you people to knowledge be[pres.sg.23] that you who[.kē] messenger (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
260Many good souls have come. 261Do you know whose messengers you have become?
234गॉडली मैसेन्जर बने हुए हो . godly messenger banē huē hō . godly[adj.] messenger bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . Godly messenger (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
262You have become Godly messengers.
235गॉड का परिचय देते हो ना ! god kā parichay dētē hō nā ! god kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! x of x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
263You give God's introduction, do you not?
236तो गॉडली मैसेन्जर हो . tō godly messenger hō . tō godly[adj.] messenger hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then Godly messenger (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
264So you are Godly messengers.
237इतनी भी सेवा करते हो उसका फल आपका निश्चित है , कोई टाल नहीं सकता . itnī bhī sēvā kartē hō uskā phal āpkā niśhchit hai , kōī ṭāl nahī̃ saktā . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] ṭāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|ṭālnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . such too service do[pres.pl.m.2] that[.kā] fruit you[.kā] fixed be[pres.sg.23] , some (x|x[root]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
265Even if you do very little service, the fruit of that is guaranteed for you; no one can prevent that.
238खुशखबरी यह है कि आप जो गॉडली मैसेन्जर बन औरों को सन्देश देते हो उनको अपनी नई दुनिया की गेटपास तो मिल गई है . khuśhkhabarī yah hai ki āp jō godly messenger ban aurō̃ kō sandēśh dētē hō unkō apnī naī duniyā kī|key gēṭapās tō mil gaī hai . khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] godly[adj.] messenger ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] aurō̃ kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . good news this be[pres.sg.23] that you that Godly messenger (x|become[root]) others to message give[pres.pl.m.2] that[.kō] one’s own new world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x then receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
266The good news is that when you become Godly messengers and give the message to others, they receive a gate-pass to the new world.
239केवल गेट पास मिली है , अभी सीट की पास लेनी है . kēval gate|get pās|pass milī hai , abhī seat kī|key pās|pass lēnī hai . kēval gate|get pās|pass milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , ab[adv.hī] seat karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pās|pass lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x (gate|get) (x|pass) receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , now seat (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|pass) take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
267They only received a gate-pass though; they now have to claim their seat-pass.
240अच्छा है जो भी मिलता है उनको रास्ता तो दिखाते हो ना . achchhā hai jō bhī miltā hai unkō rāstā tō dikhātē hō nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.pl.kō] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō dikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . achcha be[pres.sg.23] that too receive[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] path then x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
268It is good that you show the path to whomever you meet.
241तो पुण्य का काम तो कर रहे हो ना ! tō puṇya kā kām tō kar rahē hō nā ! tō puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! then charity of (task|lust) then do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
269So, you are doing charitable work.
242तो पुण्य का खाता कभी खत्म नहीं होता है . tō puṇya kā khātā kabhī khatm nahī̃ hōtā hai . tō puṇya kā khātā[x] kabhī[adv.] ḵẖatm[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then accounts of charity ever finished not be[pres.sg.m.23] .
270The account of charity never comes to an end.
243तो पुण्य आत्मायें तो बन गये हो लेकिन अभी सिर्फ पुण्य आत्मा नहीं बनना , थोड़े में खुश होने वाले हो क्या ! tō puṇya ātmāyē̃ tō ban gayē hō lēkin abhī sirph puṇya ātmā nahī̃ bannā , thōṛē mē̃ khuśh hōnē vālē hō kyā ! tō puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] lēkin ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] kyā ! then charity soul then become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] but now only charity soul not become[inf.m.sg.d.] , short in happy be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) what !
271So, you have become charitable souls, but you mustn't now just become charitable souls. 272Are you those who are going to be content with just a little?
244थोडे में खुश होने वाले हो या सब कुछ लेना है ? thōḍē mē̃ khuśh hōnē vālē hō yā sab kuchh lēnā hai ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā sab kuchh[x] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? short in happy be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or everything take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
273Are you those who are content with just a little or do you want to claim everything?
245सब कुछ लेना है . sab kuchh lēnā hai . sab kuchh[x] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . everything take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
274You have to claim everything.
246तो पुण्य आत्मा तो बने हो , पुण्य का काम किया है ना , कर रहे हो अभी भी करते रहेंगे लेकिन जो बाप चाहता है कि मेरे बच्चे राजा बच्चे बन जायें , स्वराज्य अधिकारी बन जायें . tō puṇya ātmā tō banē hō , puṇya kā kām kiyā hai nā , kar rahē hō abhī bhī kartē rahē̃gē lēkin jō bāp chāhtā hai ki mērē bachchē rājā bachchē ban jāyē̃ , svarājya adhikārī ban jāyē̃ . tō puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] tō bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , svarājya adhikārī[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then charity soul then become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , charity of (task|lust) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] now too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] but that father x[pres.sg.m.23] that I[.kē] child king child become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , self-sovereign become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
275You have become charitable souls because you are performing charity. 276You are doing it and will continue to do it, but the Father wishes His children to become royal children, to become self-sovereigns.
247तो बनेंगे ना ? tō banē̃gē nā ? tō bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? then become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ? 248बनना है ना ! bannā hai nā ! bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
277So, you will become that, will you not?
249बनना है ? bannā hai ? bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 250कांध तो हिलाओ . kāndh tō hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder then make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
278You want to become that, do you not?
251बहुत अच्छा किया . bahut achchhā kiyā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
279At least nod in agreement!
252आप मेहमान नहीं हो , गेस्ट नहीं हो , होस्ट हो . āp mēhmān nahī̃ hō , guest nahī̃ hō , host hō . āp[pn.pl.] mēhmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , guest nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , host hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you guest not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , guest not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , host (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
280You have done very well. 281You are not guests.
253अपने घर में आये हो . apnē ghar mē̃ āyē hō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . one’s own home in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
282You are not guests, you are hosts.
254इतना बड़ा घर आपका अच्छा लगा ना ! itnā baṛā ghar āpkā achchhā lagā nā ! itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nā ! such very home you[.kā] achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) ∅ !
283You have come to your home.
255अपना घर अच्छा लगा तो अभी आते रहना . apnā ghar achchhā lagā tō abhī ātē rahnā . apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō ab[adv.hī] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (adopt[root]|one’s own) home achcha (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) then now come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
284You liked such a big home of yours, did you not?
256यहाँ रिवाज है , जो आते हैं ना और उसको जाना तो पड़ता है , तो जब जाते हैं ना तो उसको दादी गो सून , कम सून की टोली खिलाती है . yahā̃ rivāj hai , jō ātē haĩ nā aur uskō jānā tō paṛtā hai , tō jab jātē haĩ nā tō uskō dādī gō sūn , cum|kam sūn kī|key ṭōlī khilātī hai . yahā̃ rivāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā aur vah[pn.sg.kō] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō jab jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō vah[pn.sg.kō] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x x , cum|kam[adj.] x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khilānā[pres.sg.f.23] . here x be[pres.sg.23] , that come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ and that[.kō] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) then fall[pres.sg.m.23] , then when go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then that[.kō] Dadi x x , (x|less) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) toli feed[pres.sg.f.23] . 257आपको भी मिलेगी . āpkō bhī milēgī . āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . you[.kō] too receive[fut.f.sg.23] . 258तो गो सून कम सून , अपने घर में आते रहना , क्योंकि आना ही है . tō gō sūn cum|kam sūn , apnē ghar mē̃ ātē rahnā , kyōṅki ānā hī hai . tō x x cum|kam[adj.] x , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kyōṅki ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x x (x|less) x , one’s own home in come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , because (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
285If you liked your home, then continue to come again. 286The system here is that when anyone who comes has to leave, then when they are leaving, Dadiji gives them "go soon, come soon toli".
259आना ही है ना ! ānā hī hai nā ! ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 260बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
287You will also receive that.
261सभी बच्चे भी आपको देख करके खुश हो रहे हैं क्योंकि सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष सबूत लाये हैं ना , तो सभी खुश हो रहे हैं . sabhī bachchē bhī āpkō dēkh karkē khuśh hō rahē haĩ kyōṅki sēvā kā pratyakṣha sabūt lāyē haĩ nā , tō sabhī khuśh hō rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all child too you[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because service of visible x x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then all happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
288So, go soon and come soon! 289Continue to come to your home, because you have to come here. 290You have to come here, do you not?
262जिन्होंने भी आपको लाया है वह खुश हो रहे हैं और दस हजार ब्राह्मण आत्माओं के द्वारा आपको मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . jinhōnnē bhī āpkō lāyā hai vah khuśh hō rahē haĩ aur das hajār brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kē|K dvārā āpkō mubārak hō , mubārak hō . jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur das[adj.] hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dvārā āp[pn.pl.kō] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that[.nē] too you[.kō] x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and x 1000 Brahmin soul (of|K) through you[.kō] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
291Very good. 292All those who brought you are also happy. 293Congratulations. 294Congratulations to you from 10,000 Brahmin souls.
263सब ठीक है ? sab ṭhīk hai ? sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
295Are you all OK?
264आराम से हैं ? ārām sē haĩ ? ārām[x] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? comfort from be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
296Are you comfortable?
265भले पधारे . bhalē padhārē . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padhārnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|padhārnā[opt.sg.23] . benefit (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) .
297Welcome!
266फर्स्ट ग्रूप में आये हो . first group mē̃ āyē hō . first[adj.] group mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . first group in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
298You have come in the first group.
267फर्स्ट ग्रूप का भी तो महत्व होता है ना ! first group kā bhī tō mahatva hōtā hai nā ! first[adj.] group kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! first group of too then importance be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
299The first group also has its importance. 300Achcha.
268अच्छा - बैठ जाओ , थक गये होंगे . achchhā - baiṭh jāō , thak gayē hōṅgē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , thaknā, phathaknā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . achcha - sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , become desperate[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
301You may sit down. 302You must be tired now.
269बिजनेस विंग - बिजनेस विंग वाले उठो . business wing - business wing vālē uṭhō . business wing - business wing vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . business wing - business wing those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
303Business Wing: Those from the Business Wing, stand up!
270बिजनेस विंग वालों ने कौन-सा माइक तैयार किया है ? business wing vālō̃ nē kaun-sā mike taiyār kiyā hai ? business wing vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? business wing those who ∅ which mike x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
304Which mike has the Business Wing prepared? 305Have you done this?
271किया है ? kiyā hai ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? 272किया है ना ? kiyā hai nā ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ? do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
306You have done this, have you not?
273क्योकि बिजनेस वालों को बिजनेस करने , कराने की आदत तो है ना . kyōki business vālō̃ kō business karnē , karānē kī|key ādat tō hai nā . kyōṅki business vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] business karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] , karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . because business those who to business do[inf.m.pl.,o.] , make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) habit then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 274तो बाप से बिजनेस कराना भी बिजनेस ग्रूप को सहज है . tō bāp sē business karānā bhī business group kō sahaj hai . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] business karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] business group kō[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then father from business make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] too business group to easy be[pres.sg.23] .
307Those in business have the habit of doing business and making others do business, and so it is easy for the Business group to enable others to do business with the Father.
275अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
308It is good.
276बापदादा ने देखा है कि जब से वर्गों की सेवा के लिए वर्ग बने हैं , तो हर एक को सेवा का विस्तार करने का उमंग-उत्साह अच्छा है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki jab sē vargō̃ kī|key sēvā kē liē varg banē haĩ , tō har ēk kō sēvā kā vistār karnē kā umaṅg-utsāh achchhā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jab sē[postp.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , tō har ēk[x] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that when from profession (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service for profession become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , then each one to service of expansion do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of zeal and enthusiasm achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
309BapDada has seen that from the time when groups were created to serve the different professions, everyone has had very good zeal and enthusiasm to make service grow.
277अभी और भी बापदादा ने तो कहा ना , हर बात में बापदादा को और तीव्रता चाहिए . abhī aur bhī bāpdādā nē tō kahā nā , har|her bāt mē̃ bāpdādā kō aur tīvratā chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] aur bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , har|harnā[root]|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] aur tīvratā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . now and too BapDada ∅ then say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , (x|x[root]) matter in BapDada to and fast speed (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) . 278पुरुषार्थ में भी तो सेवा में भी . puruṣhārth mē̃ bhī tō sēvā mē̃ bhī . puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] . effort in too then service in too .
310Now, BapDada has said, in every aspect, there has to be a greater speed in everything, in effort as well as service.
279भागदौड तो कर रहे हैं , समाचार मिलता रहता है लेकिन अभी समय की रफ्तार समान थोड़ा और रफ्तार को तेज करो क्योंकि अचानक कुछ भी हो सकता है . bhāgadauḍ tō kar rahē haĩ , samāchār miltā rahtā hai lēkin abhī samay kī|key raphtār samān thōṛā aur raphtār kō tēj karō kyōṅki achānak kuchh bhī hō saktā hai . x tō karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] samān[adj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur raphtār[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] tēj[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki achānak kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . x then do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , news receive[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] but now time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed equal short and speed to fast do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because suddenly anything be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
311You are running around. 312BapDada continues to receive news of that, but now, according to the speed of time, make your speed faster because anything can happen suddenly.
280तो उल्हना नहीं रह जाए . tō ulhanā nahī̃ rah jāē . tō ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then complaint not remain[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
313Therefore, there should then be no complaints.
281बापदादा को यही है कि कोई भी आत्मा का उल्हना नहीं रह जाए कि हमें तो मालूम ही नहीं है . bāpdādā kō yahī hai ki kōī bhī ātmā kā ulhanā nahī̃ rah jāē ki hamē̃ tō mālūm hī nahī̃ hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kōī bhī[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] tō mālūm[adj.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to this be[pres.sg.23] that anyone soul of complaint not remain[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] that we[.kō] then x only not be[pres.sg.23] .
314BapDada feels that there should be no complaint from any soul that he didn't know.
282बाकी बापदादा को सेवा के समाचार मिलते रहते हैं . bākī bāpdādā kō sēvā kē|K samāchār miltē rahtē haĩ . bākī|bākī bāpdādā kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . (but|others) BapDada to service (of|K) news receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
315BapDada continues to receive service news.
283अच्छा कर रहे हैं . achchhā kar rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
316You are doing well.
284अपने-अपने एरिया में कोई न कोई प्रोग्राम बनाते ही होंगे ना ! apnē-apnē area mē̃ kōī na kōī programme banātē hī hōṅgē nā ! apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] area mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] programme banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! one’s own x in one .. or another programme create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
317You must be holding one or another programme in your own areas.
285चारों ओर धूम मचालो . chārō̃ ōr dhūm macālō . chārō̃ ōr[x] dhūm[n.m.;sg.,d.] x . everywhere x x .
318Now create this enthusiasm everywhere.
286प्रभु सन्देश , प्रभु सन्देश की धूम मचा दो . prabhu sandēśh , prabhu sandēśh kī|key dhūm machā dō . prabhu sandēśh[x] , prabhu sandēśh[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhūm[n.m.;sg.,d.] machānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . God message , God message (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
319Create enthusiasm everywhere to spread God's message.
287अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
320Achcha.
288सोशल विंग : सोशल विंग वालों ने जो भी सोशल वर्कर्स है उन सबके जो भी स्थान बने हुए है , उन्ही को सन्देश दे दिया है ? social wing : social wing vālō̃ nē jō bhī social workers hai un sabkē jō bhī sthān banē huē hai , unhī kō sandēśh dē diyā hai ? social wing : social wing vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] social worker hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[x] , x kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ? x wing : x wing those who ∅ that too x x be[pres.sg.23] that everyone's that too place (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[x] , x to message give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ?
321Social Wing: Has the Social Wing given the message to all the places of all the social workers?
289जो भी जिस भी स्टेट से आते हो , उस स्टेट वालों की जिम्मेवारी है कि उस स्टेट में आपके वर्ग का कोई सन्देश से रह नहीं जाए . jō bhī jis bhī state sē ātē hō , us state vālō̃ kī|key jimmēvārī hai ki us state mē̃ āpkē varg kā kōī sandēśh sē rah nahī̃ jāē . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] state sē[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] , vah[pn.sg.o.] state vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.o.] state mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kē] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] sandēśh[x] sē[postp.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.sg.23]|jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . that too that too x from come[pres.pl.m.2] , that x those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) responsibility be[pres.sg.23] that that x in you[.kē] profession of some message from remain[root] not (go[opt.sg.23]|go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
322Whatever city anyone comes from, it is your duty that no one from your city should be left out from receiving the message from that wing.
290करते तो हो , बापदादा को मालूम है , चारों ओर प्रोग्राम बने हुए भी होते हैं लेकिन हर स्टेट के जो हर वर्ग वाले हैं उनको कम से कम अपनी स्टेट में ऐसी सेवा करनी चाहिए जो कोई रह नहीं जाये . kartē tō hō , bāpdādā kō mālūm hai , chārō̃ ōr programme banē huē bhī hōtē haĩ lēkin har|her state kē|K jō har|her varg vālē haĩ unkō kam sē kam apnī state mē̃ aisī sēvā karnī chāhiē jō kōī rah nahī̃ jāyē . karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chārō̃ ōr[x] programme bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin har|harnā[root]|her state kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] har|harnā[root]|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] kam sē kam[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] state mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[.oblig3] jō[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , BapDada to x be[pres.sg.23] , everywhere programme (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but (x|x[root]) x (of|K) that (x|x[root]) profession those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] at least one’s own x in such service do[.oblig3] that some remain[root] not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
323You are doing this, BapDada knows this. 324There are programmes made for this everywhere. 325However, those from every profession from every city have to at least make sure that no one is left out in their city.
291तो हर स्थान पर कर तो रहे हो , होता रहता है . tō har|her sthān par kar tō rahē hō , hōtā rahtā hai . tō har|harnā[root]|her sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[root] tō rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then (x|x[root]) place (at|other) do[root] then remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , be[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
326So, you are doing this at every place. 327It continues to take place.
292बापदादा ने कहा , रिपोर्ट पहुँचती है , कर रहे हैं और थोडा तेज करो क्योंकि बापदादा समय की रफ्तार को देख इशारा दे रहा है . bāpdādā nē kahā , report pahũchtī hai , kar rahē haĩ aur thōḍā tēj karō kyōṅki bāpdādā samay kī|key raphtār kō dēkh iśhārā dē rahā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , report pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] , karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tēj[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bāpdādā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , report reach[pres.sg.f.23] , do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and short fast do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because BapDada time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed to see[root] signal give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
328BapDada said that the report reaches Him. 329You are doing this, but now make this happen a little faster because BapDada is signalling you on seeing the speed of time.
293बाकी अच्छी सेवा कर रहे हो . bākī achchhī sēvā kar rahē hō . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . (but|others) achcha service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
330However, you are doing good service.
294मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
331Congratulations.
295और भी अच्छे ते अच्छी करते रहेंगे . aur bhī achchhē tē achchhī kartē rahē̃gē . aur bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . and too achcha from achcha do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
332You will continue to do even better service.
296ट्रांसपोर्ट विंग : कितनी आत्माओं को मंज़िल तक पँहुचाया है ? transport wing : kitnī ātmāō̃ kō mañzil tak pãhucāyā hai ? transport wing : kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mañzil[n.f.;sg.] tak x hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? transport wing : so soul to destination until x be[pres.sg.23] ?
333Transport Wing: How many souls have you enabled to reach their destination?
297क्योंकि ट्रांसपोर्ट की तो जिम्मेवारी है मंज़िल पर पहुँचाना . kyōṅki transport kī|key tō jimmēvārī hai mañzil par pahuñchānā . kyōṅki transport karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mañzil[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pahuñchānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . because transport (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then responsibility be[pres.sg.23] destination (at|other) cause to reach[inf.m.sg.d.] .
334It is the responsibility of the transport people to make souls reach their destination.
298बापदादा खुश है , सेवा का उमंग अच्छा है . bāpdādā khuśh hai , sēvā kā umaṅg achchhā hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] , service of zeal achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
335BapDada is pleased. 336You have good enthusiasm for service.
299सबको अच्छा चांस मिल जाता है . sabkō achchhā chance mil jātā hai . sabkō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . everything achcha chance receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
337All of you receive a good chance.
300सेवा की मीटिंग भी हो जाती और फिर मिलन भी हो जाता , डबल कमाई हो जाती है . sēvā kī|key meeting bhī hō jātī aur phir milan bhī hō jātā , double kamāī hō jātī hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key meeting bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.f.] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , double kamānā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) meeting too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.f.] and (turn[root]|then) meeting too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , double earn[pres-perf.pl.f.2] go[pres.sg.f.23] .
338There is a meeting for service and you also have a gathering, and so there is a double income.
301सभी वर्ग वाले होशियार हैं , डबल चांस वाले हैं . sabhī varg vālē hōśhiyār haĩ , double chance vālē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , double chance vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all profession those who clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] , double chance those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
339Those from all the wings are very clever. 340You take a double chance.
302अभी मंसा सेवा को भी और तीव्र करो क्योंकि वाणी की सेवा से सारे विश्व तक पहुँचने में टाइम लगता है लेकिन मंसा सेवा फास्ट सेवा है और पॉवरफुल भी है और मेहनत भी कम है , सिर्फ पॉवरफुल स्टेज बनानी है . abhī mansā sēvā kō bhī aur tīvr karō kyōṅki vāṇī kī|key sēvā sē sārē viśhva tak pahuñchnē mē̃ time lagtā hai lēkin mansā sēvā fast sēvā hai aur powerful bhī hai aur mēhnat bhī cum|kam hai , sirph powerful stage banānī hai . ab[adv.hī] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aur tīvr[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak pahuñchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] time lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] fast sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur powerful bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sirph[adj.] powerful stage banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now through the mind service to too and intense do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because words (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service from the whole world until reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] in time x[pres.sg.m.23] but through the mind service fast service be[pres.sg.23] and powerful too be[pres.sg.23] and effort too (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] , only powerful stage create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
341Now, serve through your mind at a faster speed because it will take time to reach all souls of the world by serving through words. 342However, serving through the mind is fast service; it is also powerful and it takes less effort. 343You simply have to create a powerful stage.
303तो सदैव मंसा , वाचा , कर्मणा तीनों सेवा इन्हीं कर सकते हो , एक समय में . tō sadaiv mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā tīnō̃ sēvā inhī̃ kar saktē hō , ēk samay mē̃ . tō sadā mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā tīnō̃[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.pl.hī] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . then constantly through the mind , x , x all three service this[.hī] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , one time in .
344So, you can always serve through your thoughts, words and deeds at the same time.
304कर्मणा अर्थात् सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में जो आते हैं उन्हों के सम्बन्ध में आना भी कर्मणा है . karmaṇā arthāt sambandh-sampark mē̃ jō ātē haĩ unhō̃ kē|K sambandh mē̃ ānā bhī karmaṇā hai . karmaṇā arthāt sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] karmaṇā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x that is x in that come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (of|K) relationship in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) too x be[pres.sg.23] .
345To serve through deeds means to come into relationship with whomsoever you come into contact with.
305सम्बन्ध द्वारा भी बहुत सेवा होती है . sambandh dvārā bhī bahut sēvā hōtī hai . sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bhī[p.] bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . relationship through too very service be[pres.sg.f.23] .
346A lot of service is done through relationships.
306तो सभी वर्ग वालों को जैसे और प्लैन बनाते हो , सेवा के साधन बनाते हो , ऐसे अपने - अपने वर्ग में मंसा सेवा की भी कोई विधि बनाओ जो विशेष मंसा सेवा भी आत्माओं की हो . tō sabhī varg vālō̃ kō jaisē aur plan banātē hō , sēvā kē|K sādhan banātē hō , aisē apnē - apnē varg mē̃ mansā sēvā kī|key bhī kōī vidhi banāō jō viśhēṣh mansā sēvā bhī ātmāō̃ kī hō . tō sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur plan banānā[pres.pl.m.2] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] - apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] . then all profession those who to like and plan create[pres.pl.m.2] , service (of|K) facilities create[pres.pl.m.2] , such one’s own - one’s own profession in through the mind service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too some method create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that special through the mind service too soul do[pres-perf.pl.f.2] .
347So, those from all the wings - just as you make other plans and create methods of service, so too, create a method in your own wing, to serve through the mind, so that you especially serve the minds of souls.
307अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
348Achcha.
308मुबारक है , अच्छी सेवा है . mubārak hai , achchhī sēvā hai . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , achcha service be[pres.sg.23] .
349Congratulations. 350It is good service.
309बापदादा ने कह दिया है सभी वर्गों की रिजल्ट अच्छी है . bāpdādā nē kah diyā hai sabhī vargō̃ kī|key result achchhī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] all profession (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
351BapDada has already said that the result of all the different professions is good.
310यूथ ग्रुप : यूथ ग्रूप को मुबारक हो . youth group : youth group kō mubārak hō . youth group : youth group kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . youth group : youth group to congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
352Youth Group: Congratulations to the Youth Group.
311देखो , थोडे समय में आर्डर मिलने से पहुँच गये हो . dēkhō , thōḍē samay mē̃ order milnē sē pahũch gayē hō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] order milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , short time in order receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] from reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
353Look, you received an order at such short notice and you arrived here.
312इसकी विशेष मुबारक है . iskī viśhēṣh mubārak hai . yah[pn.sg.kī] viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.kī] special congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
354Special congratulations for that.
313अच्छा यहाँ तो आये लेकिन मंसा सेवा की ? achchhā yahā̃ tō āyē lēkin mansā sēvā kī|key ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yahā̃ tō ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? achcha here then (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) but through the mind service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
355Achcha, you have come here, but have you served through the mind?
314जो विशेष आत्मायें आनी थी उन्हीं की यहाँ बैठे मंसा सेवा की ? jō viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ ānī thī unhī̃ kī|key yahā̃ baiṭhē mansā sēvā kī|key ? jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[past.f.oblig1] vah[pn.pl.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yahā̃ baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? that special soul come[past.f.oblig1] that[.hī] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) here (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) through the mind service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
356Whilst sitting here, have you served through your mind those special souls who were to come?
315कारण अकारण आ नहीं सके लेकिन मंसा सेवा से उन आत्माओं को कुछ पहुँचाया कि सिर्फ मीटिंग की ? kāraṇ akāraṇ ā nahī̃ sakē lēkin mansā sēvā sē un ātmāō̃ kō kuchh pahuñchāyā ki sirph meeting kī|key ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] x ānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] lēkin mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kuchh pahuñchānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] meeting karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? because x come[root] not (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23]) but through the mind service from that soul to anything cause to reach[past-part.m.sg.d.] that only meeting (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
357For one reason or another, they were unable to come, but did you enable something to reach them by serving through your mind or did you just have a meeting?
316वह आत्मायें भी याद तो करती होगी , आना था , पहुँचना था . vah ātmāyē̃ bhī yād tō kartī hōgī , ānā thā , pahuñchnā thā . vah[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres-part.f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , ānā[past.m.sg.oblig1] , pahuñchnā[past.m.sg.oblig1] . that soul too remembrance then do[pres-part.f.] be[fut.f.sg.23] , come[past.m.sg.oblig1] , reach[past.m.sg.oblig1] .
358Those souls must also be remembering you: "I had to go there, I should have gone there."
317अच्छा है यूथ ग्रूप और बढता जाए . achchhā hai youth group aur baṛhtā jāē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] youth group aur baṛhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] youth group and grow[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
359It is good that the Youth Group continues to grow.
318तो भारत की समस्या खत्म हो जाए . tō bhārat kī|key samasyā khatm hō jāē . tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key samasyā[n.f.;sg.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then Bharat (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) problem finished be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
360Then the problems of Bharat will end.
319यूथ का कर्तव्य है अपने-अपने स्थान के यूथ को ब्राह्मण यूथ बनावे . youth kā kartavya hai apnē-apnē sthān kē|K youth kō brāhmaṇ youth banāvē . youth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K youth kō[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] youth banānā[opt.sg.23] . youth of activity be[pres.sg.23] one’s own place (of|K) youth to Brahmin youth create[opt.sg.23] .
361The duty of the Youth is to make youth at their own places into Brahmin youth.
320भ्रष्टाचार से बचायें , श्रेष्ठाचारी बनायें . bhraṣhṭāchār sē bachāyē̃ , śhrēṣhṭhāchārī banāyē̃ . bhraṣhṭāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bachānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , śhrēṣhṭhāchārī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . corruption from save[opt.pl.12hon3] , x create[opt.pl.12hon3] .
362Save them from corruption and make them elevated.
321अभी देखो गवर्मेन्ट तक भी आवाज पहुँचा है लेकिन स्पष्ट रिजल्ट उनकी बुद्धि में क्लीयर हो जाए , तो उन्हों को और नजदीक लाना पडेगा . abhī dēkhō government tak bhī āvāj pahuñchā hai lēkin spaṣhṭ result unkī buddhi mē̃ clear hō jāē , tō unhō̃ kō aur najdīk lānā paḍēgā . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] government tak bhī[p.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin spaṣhṭ[adj.] result vah[pn.pl.kī] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] clear hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] aur nazdīk lānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] government until too noise reach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but clearly result that[.kī] intellect in x be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , then that to and x x[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
363Look, the sound has even reached the Government, but the result should become clear in their intellect; and for that, you have to bring them even closer.
322हर शहर के , स्थान के जो भ्रष्टाचार , झगड़ा करने वाले यूथ ग्रूप है उन्हों की सेवा का कुछ न कुछ तरीका बनाना चाहिए . har|her śhahar kē|K , sthān kē|K jō bhraṣhṭāchār , jhagṛā|jhagaṛā karnē vālē youth group hai unhō̃ kī|key sēvā kā kuchh na kuchh tarīkā banānā chāhiē . har|harnā[root]|her śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] bhraṣhṭāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jhagṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jhagaṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] youth group hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] banānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|banānā[.oblig3] . (x|x[root]) city (of|K) , place (of|K) that corruption , (quarrelling|quarrel[past-part.m.sg.d.]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who youth group be[pres.sg.23] that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service of anything not anything method (create[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|create[.oblig3]) .
364In every city or place you should create some method to serve the youth, who are corrupt and are fighting. 365Demonstrate this by bringing about such transformation in one of those youths.
323कोई ऐसा यूथ का परिवर्तन करके दिखाओ . kōī aisā youth kā parivartan karkē dikhāō . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] youth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some such youth of transformation do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
366In every city, there is a youth group.
324हर एक शहर में यूथ ग्रूप तो होता ही है ना , तो हर एक शहर वाले कोई दो तीन यूथ ग्रूप को परिवर्तन करके दिखावे जो सबके ध्यान पर आ जाये . har ēk śhahar mē̃ youth group tō hōtā hī hai nā , tō har ēk śhahar vālē kōī dō tīn youth group kō parivartan karkē dikhāvē jō sabkē dhyān par ā jāyē . har ēk[x] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] youth group tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , tō har ēk[x] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tīn[adj.] youth group kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhāvā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . each one city in youth group then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , then each one city those who some (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) x youth group to transformation do[abs.] x that everyone's attention (at|other) come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
367So, those from every city should demonstrate this by transforming two or three such youth groups, so that they come to everyone's attention.
325जैसे जेल में सेवा की थी तो कई परिवर्तन हुए जो जहाँ-तहाँ अनुभव सुनाते थे , ऐसे ही कोई यूथ ग्रूप की जो एसोशियेशन है उसका परिवर्तन करके दिखाओ . jaisē jēl mē̃ sēvā kī thī tō kaī parivartan huē jō jahā̃-tahā̃ anubhav sunātē thē , aisē hī kōī youth group kī|key jō ēsōśiyēśan hai uskā parivartan karkē dikhāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jēl[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-perf.f.] tō kaī parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] jahā̃ tahā̃ anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[hab-past.pl.m.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] youth group karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like jail in service do[past-perf.f.] then some transformation be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that x experience speak[hab-past.pl.m.] , such only some youth group (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that x be[pres.sg.23] that[.kā] transformation do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
368For instance, when you served in the prisons, many were transformed and they relate their experiences wherever they go. 369Similarly, demonstrate this by bringing about transformation in one of those youth group associations.
326और वह यूथ , दूसरे यूथ को अनुभव सुनावे . aur vah youth , dūsrē youth kō anubhav sunāvē . aur vah[pn.sg.d.] youth , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] youth kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.sg.23] . and that youth , other youth to experience speak[opt.sg.23] .
370Then, those youths would relate their experiences to other youths.
327कर रहे हैं , अच्छा है . kar rahē haĩ , achchhā hai . karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
371You are doing this, and it is good.
328लेकिन अभी ऐसा कोई एक्साम्पल निकालो , जो अति झगडालू हो , उसको ठीक करके दिखाओ , नामीग्रामी हो . lēkin abhī aisā kōī ēksāmpal nikālō , jō ati jhagaḍālū hō , uskō ṭhīk karkē dikhāō , nāmīgrāmī hō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] x nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] ati x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.kō] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nāmīgrāmī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but now such some x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that x x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that[.kō] OK do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
372However, you should now make such an example emerge, someone who was always fighting, transform him, someone who is well-known amongst them.
329है ना हिम्मत ? hai nā himmat ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ courage ?
373You have this courage, do you not?
330ऐसा कोई परिवर्तन करके दिखाओ , जैसे बापदादा कहते हैं ना माइक बनाओ , वैसे आप झगडालू को शान्तिमय बनाके एक्साम्पल दिखाओ , ऐसा तप बनाके यहाँ लाना . aisā kōī parivartan karkē dikhāō , jaisē bāpdādā kahtē haĩ nā mike banāō , vaisē āp jhagaḍālū kō śhāntimay banākē ēksāmpal dikhāō , aisā tap banākē yahā̃ lānā . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā mike banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] x kō[postp.] śhāntimay[adj.] banānā[abs.] x dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tapnā[root]|tap[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] yahā̃ lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such some transformation do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , like BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ mike create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x you x to x create[abs.] x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , such (become heated[root]|tapasya) create[abs.] here x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
374Demonstrate this by bringing about such transformation (of someone). 375Just as BapDada says "create mikes", so too, show an example of making someone who is always fighting become very peaceful. 376Bring such a group here.
331देखो कितने यूथ आये है , बहुत है . dēkhō kitnē youth āyē hai , bahut hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] youth ānā[x] , bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so youth come[x] , very be[pres.sg.23] .
377Create such a group and bring them here.
332अच्छे - अच्छे है और सब तरफ के हैं . achchhē - achchhē hai aur sab taraph kē|K haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha - achcha be[pres.sg.23] and all direction (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
378Look how many youths have come! 379There are many.
333फरिनर्स भी है . pharinarsa bhī hai . x bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x too be[pres.sg.23] . 334अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
380They are very good and they have come from all directions.
335अभी कोई आवाज फैलाओ . abhī kōī āvāj phailāō . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now some noise spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
381There are also some foreigners.
336थोड़ा - थोडा सेवा तो कर रहे हो , खाली तो नहीं बैठे हो लेकिन कोई ऐसे जैसे बॉम्ब डालते हैं ना तो आवाज हो जाता है , ऐसे कोई आत्मिक बॉम्ब लगाओ . thōṛā - thōḍā sēvā tō kar rahē hō , khālī tō nahī̃ baiṭhē hō lēkin kōī aisē jaisē bomb ḍāltē haĩ nā tō āvāj hō jātā hai , aisē kōī ātmik bomb lagāō . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , khālī[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bomb ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō āvāz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] ātmik[adj.] bomb lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . short - short service then do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , empty then not sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but some such like bomb create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then noise be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , such some soul-conscious bomb attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
382It is good. 383Now spread the sound. 384You are doing a little service. 385You are not sitting idle, but now ignite the soul-bomb, just as there is a lot of sound spread everywhere when someone throws a bomb.
337एटम बॉम्ब नहीं , आत्म बॉम्ब . atom bomb nahī̃ , ātma bomb . atom bomb nahī̃[neg] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bomb . atomic bomb not , soul bomb .
386Not an atomic bomb, but an atam (soul) bomb.
338अच्छा - मुबारक हो बहुत . achchhā - mubārak hō bahut . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bahut . achcha - congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) very .
387Achcha. 388Many congratulations.
339टाइम पर पहुँचने की मुबारक हो . time par pahuñchnē kī|key mubārak hō . time par[postp.]|par[adj.] pahuñchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . time (at|other) reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
389Congratulations for arriving here on time.
340अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
390Achcha.
341डबल विदेशी : हाथ हिलाओ . double vidēśhī : hāth hilāō . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . double foreigner : hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
391Double foreigners: Wave your hands!
342सभी ने देखा . sabhī nē dēkhā . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . all ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
392Everyone saw you.
343डबल विदेशियों को बापदादा सदा डबल मुबारक देते हैं क्योंकि मैजारिटी डबल विदेशियों की विशेषता है कि वह डबल कार्य कर रहे हैं . double vidēśhiyō̃ kō bāpdādā sadā double mubārak dētē haĩ kyōṅki majority double vidēśhiyō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai ki vah double kārya kar rahē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā sadā double mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki majority double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] double kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner to BapDada constantly double congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because majority double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] that that double task do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
393BapDada always gives double congratulations to the double foreigners, because the speciality of the majority of double foreigners is that you are doing double work.
344लौकिक भी कर रहे हैं और सेन्टर भी चला रहे हैं . laukik bhī kar rahē haĩ aur centre bhī chalā rahē haĩ . laukik[adj.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur centre bhī[p.] chalānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . worldly too do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and centre too x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
394You are doing your worldly work and also running a centre.
345चाहे सेन्टर चला रहे हैं , चाहे सेन्टर पर सहयोगी है लेकिन मैजारिटी डबल काम कर रहे हैं . chāhē centre chalā rahē haĩ , chāhē centre par sahyōgī hai lēkin majority double kām kar rahē haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] centre chalānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin majority double kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) centre x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) centre (at|other) co-operative be[pres.sg.23] but majority double (task|lust) do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
395Whether you are running a centre or helping at a centre, the majority of you are doing double work.
346वैसे भारत में भी है लेकिन यहाँ मैजारिटी ऐसे हैं . vaisē bhārat mē̃ bhī hai lēkin yahā̃ majority aisē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin yahā̃ majority aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x Bharat in too be[pres.sg.23] but here majority such be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
396There are such ones in Bharat too, but the majority there (abroad) is of such ones.
347और बापदादा कभी-कभी जानबूझ के सीन देखते हैं , बापदादा के पास नेचरल टी . वी . है , यह टी . वी . नहीं . aur bāpdādā kabhī-kabhī jānabūjh kē|K scene dēkhtē haĩ , bāpdādā kē pās natural T . we|V . hai , yah T . we|V . nahī̃ . aur bāpdādā kabhī[adv.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K scene dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā kē pās[x] natural T . we|V . hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] T . we|V . nahī̃[neg] . and BapDada ever x (of|K) scene see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada to natural x . (x) . be[pres.sg.23] , this x . (x) . not .
397BapDada purposely sometimes watches those scenes - BapDada has a natural TV, not this TV.
348देखते हैं कैसे भागते हैं , नाश्ता किया , यह किया वह किया , भागा . dēkhtē haĩ kaisē bhāgtē haĩ , nāśhtā kiyā , yah kiyā vah kiyā , bhāgā . dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , nāśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bhāgnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] how run[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , breakfast do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , run[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
398BapDada watches how you run around; you have breakfast, you do this and that and you run.
349अच्छा लगता है . achchhā lagtā hai . achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . enjoy .
399He likes it.
350ऐसे ही पुरुषार्थ में भी डबल मार्क्स लेना . aisē hī puruṣhārth mē̃ bhī double marks lēnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] double mark lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such only effort in too double mark take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
400In the same way, claim double marks in your efforts.
351लेने वाले हैं और परिवर्तन किया भी है और करने का उमंग भी अच्छा है . lēnē vālē haĩ aur parivartan kiyā bhī hai aur karnē kā umaṅg bhī achchhā hai . lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] and transformation do[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] and do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of zeal too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
401You are those who will claim them. 402You have brought about transformation and you have good enthusiasm to do this further.
352बापदादा को डबल विदेशियों की नेचरल नेचर एक बहुत अच्छी लगती है कि साफ दिल है . bāpdādā kō double vidēśhiyō̃ kī|key natural nature ēk bahut achchhī lagtī hai ki sāph dil hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key natural nature[x] ēk[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] sāph[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) natural nature one very achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] that clean heart be[pres.sg.23] .
403BapDada very much likes one natural nature of the double foreigners and that is that you have a clean heart.
353जो भी होगा छिपायेंगे नहीं , स्पष्ट . jō bhī hōgā chhipāyēṅgē nahī̃ , spaṣhṭ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] chhipānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , spaṣhṭ[adj.] . that too be[fut.m.sg.23] hide[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , clearly .
404Whatever happens, you do not hide anything, you will be clear.
354गिरेंगे तो भी स्पष्ट , चढेंगे तो भी स्पष्ट . girē̃gē tō bhī spaṣhṭ , chaḍhēṅgē tō bhī spaṣhṭ . girnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bhī[x] spaṣhṭ[adj.] , chaṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bhī[x] spaṣhṭ[adj.] . fall down[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ clearly , climb[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ clearly .
405You are clear if you fall and clear if you ascend.
355तो साफ दिल बापदादा को प्रिय लगती है . tō sāph dil bāpdādā kō priya lagtī hai . tō sāph[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] priy[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then clean heart BapDada to having love for x[pres.sg.f.23] .
406So, BapDada loves a clean heart.
356अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
407It is good.
357डबल मुबारक हो . double mubārak hō . double mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . double congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
408Double congratulations.
358आप लोगों को भी देखकर सभी खुश होते हैं . āp lōgō̃ kō bhī dēkhkar sabhī khuśh hōtē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you people to too see[abs.] all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
409Everyone is happy to see you all.
359अगर कोई भी टर्न में डबल विदेशी नहीं होते हैं ना तो संगठन में कमी लगती है इसलिए बहुत अच्छा है . agar kōī bhī turn mē̃ double vidēśhī nahī̃ hōtē haĩ nā tō saṅgaṭhan mē̃ kamī lagtī hai isliē bahut achchhā hai . agar kōī bhī[x] tum mē̃[postp.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] isliē bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if anyone you in double foreigner not be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then gathering in x x[pres.sg.f.23] therefore very achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 360हर ग्रूप में आते रहे . har|her group mē̃ ātē rahē . har|harnā[root]|her group mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . (x|x[root]) group in come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
410If there are no double foreigners in any one of the meetings, it feels as though something is missing, and this is why it is very good that you come in every turn.
361शोभा है ना . śhōbhā hai nā . śhōbhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
411This is the beauty.
362हर एक बच्चा इस दरबार का श्रृंगार है . har ēk bachchā is darbār kā śhrr̥iṅgār hai . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one child this court of (decorate[root]|decoration) be[pres.sg.23] .
412Each child is a decoration of this court.
363तो उडते रहना , चलना नहीं , दौडना नहीं , हाई जम्प नहीं देना , उड़ना . tō uḍtē rahnā , chalnā nahī̃ , dauḍanā nahī̃ , high jump nahī̃ dēnā , uṛnā . tō uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , x nahī̃[neg] , high jump[x] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , continue[inf.m.sg.d.] not , x not , high jump not give[inf.m.sg.d.] , fly[inf.m.sg.d.] .
413So, continue to fly. 414Do not walk, do not run, do not take a high jump, but fly.
364उड़ने वाले . uṛnē vālē . uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
415You are those who fly.
365देखो डबल विदेशी स्थूल में भी उड़ने के बिना पहुँच नहीं सकते हैं , उडके ही आना पडता है . dēkhō double vidēśhī sthūl mē̃ bhī uṛnē kē|K binā pahũch nahī̃ saktē haĩ , uḍakē hī ānā paḍtā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthūl[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā pahuñchnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x hī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] double foreigner physical in too fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) without reach[root] not can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x only come[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .
416Look, even physically, double foreigners cannot arrive here without flying. 417You have to come here by flying.
366तो इस सम्पन्न बनने की मंज़िल पर पहुँचने में भी उड़ती कला में रहना . tō is sampann bannē kī|key mañzil par pahuñchnē mē̃ bhī uṛtī kalā mē̃ rahnā . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] sampann[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mañzil[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pahuñchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this full become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) destination (at|other) reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too fly[pres-part.f.] degree in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
418So, in order to reach the destination of becoming perfect, always stay in the flying stage.
367अच्छा - मुबारक हो . achchhā - mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha - congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
419Congratulations.
368अच्छा -achchhā -achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] -achcha -
420Achcha.
369ऐसे नहीं कि जो किसी भी वर्ग में नहीं उठे उन्हों को मुबारक नहीं है , उन्हों को पदमगुणा मुबारक है . aisē nahī̃ ki jō kisī bhī varg mē̃ nahī̃ uṭhē unhō̃ kō mubārak nahī̃ hai , unhō̃ kō padamguṇā mubārak hai . aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|uṭhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . it isn't that that that (anything|some) too profession in not (wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|wake up[opt.sg.23]) that to congratulations not be[pres.sg.23] , that to multimillion-fold congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
421It isn't that those who haven't stood up with any of the professions have not received congratulations. 422Multimillion fold congratulations to you.
370और जो दूर बैठे सुन रहे हैं , देख रहे हैं , कोई सुनने वाले हैं , कोई देखने और सुनने वाले हैं , दोनो को , चारों ओर के बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत-बहुत-बहुत मुबारक और याद क्योंकि हर सीजन में , हर टर्न में सभी पत्र बहुत भेजते हैं . aur jō dūr baiṭhē sun rahē haĩ , dēkh rahē haĩ , kōī sunnē vālē haĩ , kōī dēkhnē aur sunnē vālē haĩ , dōnō kō , chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut-bahut-bahut mubārak aur yād kyōṅki har|her season mē̃ , har|her turn mē̃ sabhī patra bahut bhējtē haĩ . aur jō[pn.;d.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dōnō̃[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut[adv.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur yād[n.f.;sg.] kyōṅki har|harnā[root]|her season mē̃[postp.] , har|harnā[root]|her tum mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and that distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , some listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , some see[inf.m.pl.,o.] and listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x to , everywhere (of|K) child to very congratulations and remembrance because (x|x[root]) season in , (x|x[root]) you in all x very x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 371तो बापदादा को वह पत्र पहुँचते हैं , ऐसे ही नहीं जाते हैं , पहुँचते हैं . tō bāpdādā kō vah patra pahũchtē haĩ , aisē hī nahī̃ jātē haĩ , pahũchtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada to that x reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , such only not go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
423To those who are listening whilst sitting at a distance or seeing from a distance - some are listening and others are listening and seeing - so, to all the children from all directions who are seeing and hearing, many, many, many congratulations to you, and also accept remembrances because in every season, in every turn, all of you send many letters.
372कोई प्यार के पत्र भेजते , कोई अपने पुरुषार्थ के पत्र भेजते , कोई सेवा के पत्र भेजते , कोई प्रॉमिस के पत्र भेजते हैं , प्रॉमिस भी बहुत अच्छी - अच्छी करते हैं . kōī pyār kē|K patra bhējtē , kōī apnē puruṣhārth kē|K patra bhējtē , kōī sēvā kē|K patra bhējtē , kōī promise kē|K patra bhējtē haĩ , promise bhī bahut achchhī - achchhī kartē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , kōī[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , kōī[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , kōī[pn.;d.] promise kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , promise bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some love (of|K) x x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , some one’s own effort (of|K) x x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , some service (of|K) x x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , some promise (of|K) x x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , promise too very achcha - achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
424So, those letters reach BapDada; they don't go no where, they do arrive here. 425Some send love letters, some send letters of their efforts, some send service-news letters, some send letters of their promises, and you make many very good promises.
373तो बापदादा के पास सब प्रकार के और सब तरफ से पत्र पहुँच जाते हैं . tō bāpdādā kē pās sab prakār kē|K aur sab taraph sē patra pahũch jātē haĩ . tō bāpdādā kē pās[x] sab[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . then BapDada to all form (of|K) and all direction from x reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
426So, all types of letters reach BapDada from all directions.
374आपके मुआफिक बापदादा पत्र बैठ पढते तो नहीं हैं लेकिन पहुँच जाते हैं दिल में . āpkē muāphik bāpdādā patra baiṭh paḍhatē tō nahī̃ haĩ lēkin pahũch jātē haĩ dil mē̃ . āp[pn.pl.kē] muāphik bāpdādā patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[root] x tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . you[.kē] x BapDada x sit[root] x then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] heart in .
427BapDada doesn't sit and read the letters like you do, but they do reach His heart.
375पत्रों का पोस्ट आफिस बापदादा की दिल में है , तो वहाँ पहुँच जाते हैं . patrō̃ kā post office bāpdādā kī|key dil mē̃ hai , tō vahā̃ pahũch jātē haĩ . patra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] post office[x] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō vahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . x of x BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) heart in be[pres.sg.23] , then there reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
428The post office for the letters is in BapDada's heart, and so they arrive there. 429Achcha.
376अच्छा - बापदादा की आशा अण्डरलाइन की ? achchhā - bāpdādā kī|key āśhā underline kī|key ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] underline karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? achcha - BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire underline (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ? 377जिसने की वह हाथ उठाओ , कर ली . jisnē kī|key vah hāth uṭhāō , kar lī . jō[pn.sg.nē] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] . that[.nē] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that raise your hands , do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] .
430Was BapDada's desire underlined? 431Those who have done this, raise your hands to show you have done this!
378अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
432Achcha.
379बापदादा ने 6 मास का होम वर्क भी दिया है , याद है ? bāpdādā nē 6 mās kā home work bhī diyā hai , yād hai ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work[x] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? BapDada ∅ 6 (month|x) of homework too give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
433Do you remember that BapDada gave you some homework to be done in 6 months?
380टीचर्स को याद है ? teachers kō yād hai ? teacher kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? teacher to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
434Do the teachers remember?
381लेकिन यह दृढ संकल्प की रिजल्ट एक मास की देखेंगे क्योंकि नया वर्ष तो जल्दी शुरू होने वाला है . lēkin yah dr̥iḍh saṅkalp kī|key result ēk mās kī|key dēkhē̃gē kyōṅki nayā varṣh tō jaldī śhurū hōnē vālā hai . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki nayā varṣh[x] tō jaldī śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but this determined thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result one (month|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because New Year then very quickly beginning be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
435The New Year will be beginning soon, and so, this month, BapDada will see the result of your determined thought.
3826 मास का होम वर्क अपना है , यह एक मास दृढ संकल्प की रिजल्ट देखेंगे . 6 mās kā home work apnā hai , yah ēk mās dr̥iḍh saṅkalp kī|key result dēkhē̃gē . 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work[x] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 6 (month|x) of homework (adopt[root]|one’s own) be[pres.sg.23] , this one (month|x) determined thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
436The homework to be done in 6 months is separate, but Baba will see the result of this determined thought of one month.
383ठीक है ना ? ṭhīk hai nā ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
437Is that all right?
384टीचर्स एक मास ठीक है ? teachers ēk mās ṭhīk hai ? teacher ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? teacher one (month|x) OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
438Teachers, is one month OK?
385पाण्डव ठीक है ? pāṇḍav ṭhīk hai ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Pandava OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
439Pandavas, is it OK?
386अच्छा - जो पहली बारी मधुबन में पहुँचे हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . achchhā - jō pahlī bārī madhuban mē̃ pahũchē haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha - that x x Madhuban in reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that raise your hands .
440Achcha. 441Those who have come to Madhuban for the first time, raise your hands!
387बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
442Very good.
388देखो , बापदादा को सदा नये बच्चे बहुत प्यारे लगते हैं . dēkhō , bāpdādā kō sadā nayē bachchē bahut pyārē lagtē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] sadā nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada to constantly new child very loving x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
443BapDada always loves the new children.
389लेकिन नये बच्चे जैसे वृक्ष होता है ना , उसमें जो छोटे-छोटे पत्ते निकलते हैं वह चिडियों को बहुत प्यारे लगते हैं , ऐसे नये-नये जो बच्चे हैं तो माया को भी नये बच्चे बहुत प्यारे लगते हैं . lēkin nayē bachchē jaisē vr̥ikṣha hōtā hai nā , usmē̃ jō chhōṭē-chhōṭē pattē nikaltē haĩ vah ciḍiyō̃ kō bahut pyārē lagtē haĩ , aisē nayē-nayē jō bachchē haĩ tō māyā kō bhī nayē bachchē bahut pyārē lagtē haĩ . lēkin nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] x kō[postp.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but new child like tree be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , that[.mē̃] that small leaf be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x to very loving x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , such new that child be[pres.pl.12hon3] then Maya to too new child very loving x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
444However, just as new leaves on a tree are loved very much by the birds, similarly, Maya too loves the new children very much. 445Therefore, all of you new ones, check your newness: What newness did I bring in myself today?
390इसलिए हर एक जो नये हैं , वह हर रोज अपने नवीनता को चेक करना , आज के दिन अपने में क्या नवीनता लाई ? isliē har ēk jō nayē haĩ , vah har|her rōj apnē navīntā kō check karnā , āj kē|K din apnē mē̃ kyā navīntā lāī ? isliē har ēk[x] jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] har|harnā[root]|her rōz apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] kyā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[past-part.f.] ? therefore each one that new be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that (x|x[root]) day one’s own newness to check do[inf.m.sg.d.] , today (of|K) day one’s own in what newness x[past-part.f.] ?
446What special virtue or what special power did I specially imbibe in myself today?
391कौन सा विशेष गुण , कौन सी शक्ति अपने में विशेष धारण की ? kaun sā viśhēṣh guṇ , kaun see|sī|C śhakti apnē mē̃ viśhēṣh dhāraṇ kī ? kaun sā[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dhāraṇ karnā[past-part.f.] ? which special virtue , who (see|x) Shakti one’s own in special adopt[past-part.f.] ? 392तो चेक करते रहेंगे , स्वयं को परिपक्व करते रहेंगे तो सेफ रहेंगे . tō check kartē rahē̃gē , svayã kō paripakva kartē rahē̃gē tō safe rahē̃gē . tō check karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , svayã kō[postp.] paripakva[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō safe rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then check do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , x to mature do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then safe remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
447If you continue to check yourself and make yourself strong and mature in this way, you will remain safe. 448You will remain immortal.
393अमर रहेंगे . amar rahē̃gē . amar[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . immortal remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 394तो अमर रहना , अमर पद पाना ही है . tō amar rahnā , amar pad pānā hī hai . tō amar[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , amar[adj.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] pānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then immortal remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , immortal status x[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
449So, remain immortal and you definitely have to claim an immortal status.
395अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
450Achcha.
396चारों ओर के बेफिक्र बावशाहों को , सदा रूहानी फूखुर में रहने वाले श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , सदा प्राप्त हुए खज़ानों को जमा खाते में बढ़ाने बाले तीव्र पुरुषार्थी आत्माओं को , सदा एक समय में तीनों प्रकार की सेवा करने वाले श्रेष्ठ सेवाधारी बच्चों को बापदादा का यादप्यार , पदम-पदम-पदमगुणा यादप्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bēphikr bāvaśāhō̃ kō , sadā rūhānī phūkhur mē̃ rahnē vālē śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , sadā prāpt huē khazānō̃ kō jamā khātē mē̃ baṛhānē bālē tīvr puruṣhārthī ātmāō̃ kō , sadā ēk samay mē̃ tīnō̃ prakār kī|key sēvā karnē vālē śhrēṣhṭh sēvādhārī bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār , padam-padam-padamguṇā yādpyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bēphikr[adj.] x kō[postp.] , sadā rūhānī[adj.] x mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā prāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tīnō̃[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , padamguṇā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) carefree x to , constantly spiritual x in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul to , constantly reached be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] treasure to (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) in increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] x intense effort-maker soul to , constantly one time in all three form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated server child to BapDada of love, remembrance , multimillion-fold love, remembrance and x .
451To all the carefree emperors from all directions, to all the elevated souls who always stay in spiritual intoxication, to the intense effort-making souls who always continue to increase their account of accumulation of their treasures, to the elevated-server children who serve in all three ways at the same time, BapDada's love and remembrance, multi-multi-multimillion fold love, remembrance and namaste.
397जयपुर में 19 तारीख को मेगा प्रोग्राम है , उसका समाचार बापदादा ने सुनाjaypur mē̃ 19 tārīkh kō mega programme hai , uskā samāchār bāpdādā nē sunājaypur mē̃[postp.] 19 tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] mega programme[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kā] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root]x in 19 x to mega programme be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kā] news BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root])398बापदादा ने समाचार सुना कि राजस्थान की राजधानी में मेगा प्रोग्राम हो रहा है . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā ki rājasthān kī|key rājdhānī mē̃ mega programme hō rahā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ki[conj.] rājasthān karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] mega programme[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada ∅ news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) kingdom in mega programme be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
452News of a huge programme to be held in Jaipur on 19th December was shared with BapDada: BapDada heard the news that a mega programme is to take place in Rajasthan.
399पूना का भी बहुत अच्छा हुआ . pūnā kā bhī bahut achchhā huā . pūnā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x of too very achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
453The programme in Pune was very good.
400मैंगलोर का भी बहुत अच्छा हुआ . maiṅgalōr kā bhī bahut achchhā huā . x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x of too very achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
454The programme in Mangalore was also very good.
401सभी जगह का तो बता दिया बहुत अच्छा हुआ . sabhī jagah kā tō batā diyā bahut achchhā huā . sab[adv.hī] jagah[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō batānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . all x of then tell[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] very achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
455All other places, Baba has already been told that they were very good.
402अभी जो होने वाला है , वह भी अच्छा होगा . abhī jō hōnē vālā hai , vah bhī achchhā hōgā . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . now that be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] , that too achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] .
456All the programmes that are still to take place will also be very good.
403अच्छा - जयपुर का मेला और ही राजस्थान में आवाज ज्यादा फैलायेगा क्योंकि जहाँ हेडक्वार्टर है , तो हेडक्वार्टर का आवाज भी हेड होना चाहिए ना . achchhā - jaypur kā mēlā aur hī rājasthān mē̃ āvāj jyādā phailāyēgā kyōṅki jahā̃ headquarter hai , tō headquarter kā āvāj bhī head hōnā chāhiē nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - jaypur kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] aur hī[p.] rājasthān mē̃[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phailānā[fut.m.sg.23] kyōṅki jahā̃ headquarter hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō headquarter kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] head hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] nā . achcha - x of fair and only x in noise more spread[fut.m.sg.23] because where there Headquarters be[pres.sg.23] , then Headquarters of noise too head (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) ∅ .
457Achcha. 458The mela in Jaipur will spread the sound throughout Rajasthan even more because wherever the headquarters are, the sound of the headquarters has to be at the head.
404तो अच्छा है , आपस में मीटिंग कर रहे हैं सभी मिल करके करेंगे , सफलता तो गले का हार है ही . tō achchhā hai , āpas mē̃ meeting kar rahē haĩ sabhī mil karkē karē̃gē , saphaltā tō galē kā hār hai hī . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āpas mē̃[x] meeting karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] milnā[root] karnā[abs.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] tō galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] , with each other meeting do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] all receive[root] do[abs.] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , success then (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) of (x|x[root]) be[pres.sg.23] only .
459So, it is good that you are having meetings amongst yourselves. 460If you all do it together, success is already the garland around the neck.
405तो हिम्मत है और विशेष मधुबन की मदद है . tō himmat hai aur viśhēṣh madhuban kī|key madad hai . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur viśhēṣh[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then courage be[pres.sg.23] and special Madhuban (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .
461So, you have courage and you also have special help from Madhuban.
406बापदादा की तो मदद है ही . bāpdādā kī|key tō madad hai hī . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then x be[pres.sg.23] only .
462You already have BapDada's help anyway.
407इसलिए सदा सफलता है , इस निशि्चत निश्चय से बढ़ते चलो . isliē sadā saphaltā hai , is niśicat niśhchay sē baṛhtē chalō . isliē sadā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] x niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore constantly success be[pres.sg.23] , this x faith from grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
463So, there is always success; continue to move forward with this guaranteed faith.
408ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
464Is this OK?
409पूने वालो को भी बहुत-बहुत मुबारक हो और मैंगलोर में तो छोटे-छोटियों ने कमाल कर दिखाई . pūnē vālō kō bhī bahut-bahut mubārak hō aur maiṅgalōr mē̃ tō chōṭē-chōṭiyō̃ nē kamāl kar dikhāī . x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur x mē̃[postp.] tō x nē[postp.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . x those who to too very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and x in then x ∅ x do[root] (x[past-part.f.]|x) .
465Congratulations to those from Pune and also all the little ones in Mangalore who showed wonders.
410तो छोटों ने सुभानअल्ला का प्रैक्टिकल सबूत दिखाया . tō chhōṭō̃ nē subhānaallā kā practical sabūt dikhāyā . tō chhōṭā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] subhān allā[interj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then small ∅ They are equal to Allah! of practical x x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
466So, the little ones showed the practical example of young ones being equal to God.
411इसलिए सभी को मुबारक हो . isliē sabhī kō mubārak hō . isliē sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . therefore all to congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
467Therefore, congratulations to everyone.
412मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
468Congratulations.
413अच्छा ओम शान्ति . achchhā ōm śhānti . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ōm śhānti . achcha Om peace .
469Achcha. 470* * * O M S H A N T I * * *